Version 2.3 Produced in Nov. 2000 R SSSharp Programmable Controller Model name New Satellite JW30H User's Manual-Hardware version We thank you for your purchase of the SHARP programmable controller JW30H. This booklet (user's manual, hardware version) explains mainly the JW30H's hardware; the system configuration, specifications, installation method etc. Carefully read this user's manual, hardware version and the JW30H instruction manual attached to the system module of JW30H so that you are able to operate JW30H properly, having thoroughly familiarized yourself with the functions of the system module and their operation method. Keep this user's manual, hardware version with you together with the JW30H instructions manual. We are confident that these booklets will be helpful whenever you face problem. Please refer to the programming manual ladder instruction version. Note • • • • This module is made in accordance with Japanese domestic specifications. Its guarantee clauses are described in a separate guarantee card (packed together with the module). When this module is used outside Japan, these guarantee clauses are not applicable. In addition, the guarantee should be understood as a guarantee of the delivered product as a single unit and every other damages or losses due to damage or malfunction of the product will not be included in this guarantee. Should you have any questions and inquiries, please feel free to contact our dealers. The whole or partial photocopy of this booklet is prohibited. Contents of this booklet may be revised for improvement without notice. Safety precautions Read this manual and attached documents carefully before installation, operation, maintenance and checking in order to use the machine correctly. Understand all of the machine knowledge, safety information, and cautions before starting to use. In this instruction manual, safety precautions are ranked into "danger" and "caution" as follows. Danger : Wrong handling may possibly lead to death or heavy injury. Caution : Wrong handling may possibly lead to medium or light injury. Even in the case of Caution , a serious result may be experienced depending on the circumstances. Anyway, important points are mentioned. Be sure to observe them strictly. The picture signs of Prohibit and Compel are explained below. : It means don’ts. For example, prohibition of disassembly is indicated as ( : It means a must. For example, obligation of grounding is indicated as ( ). ). 1) Installation Caution • Use in the environments specified in the catalog and instruction manual. Electric shock, fire or malfunction may be caused when used in the environments of high temperature, high humidity, dusty or corrosive atmosphere, vibration or impact. • Install according to the manual. Wrong installation may cause drop, trouble or malfunction. • Never admit wire chips or foreign matter Or fire, trouble or malfunction may be caused. 2) Wiring Compel • Be sure to ground. Unless grounded, electric shock or malfunction may be caused. Caution • Connect the rated power source. Connection of a wrong power source may cause a fire. • Wiring should be done by qualified electrician. Wrong wiring may lead to fire, trouble or electric shock. 3) Use Danger • Don’t touch the terminal while the power is being supplied or you may have on electric shock. • Assemble the emergency stop circuit and interlock circuit outside of the programmable controller. Otherwise breakdown or accident damage of the machine may be caused by the trouble of the programmable controller. Caution • "Run" or "stop" during operation should be done with particular care by confirming safety. Misoperation may lead to damage or accident of the machine. • Turn ON the power source in the specified sequence. Turn ON with wrong sequence may lead to machine breakdown or accident. 4) Maintenance Danger • Never connect battery in wrong polarity, or charge, disassemble, heat, throw into fire, or short-circuit. Or it may be broken or ignited. • Do not subject the battery to impact of any kind. Do not pull on the lead wires of the battery, or liquid leakage accident may occur. Prohibit • Don’t disassemble or modify the modules. Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused. Caution • Turn OFF the power source before detaching or attaching the module. Or electric shock, malfunction or breakdown may be caused. • Replace with the fuses in specified ratings only. Or electric shock, malfunction may be caused. Table of contents Chapter 1 Overview · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1-1 to 2 Chapter 2 Safety precautions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2-1 to 7 Chapter 3 System configuration · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3-1 to 19 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 Chapter 4 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 Chapter 5 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 Chapter 6 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 Chapter 7 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 Chapter 8 8-1 8-2 Chapter 9 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 Basic system configuration 3-1 System configuration using communication System design procedure 3-17 Cautions on system design 3-18 3-8 Name and function of each part · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 4-1 to 17 Control module 4-1 Power supply module 4-3 Input/output module 4-6 Basic/expansion rack panel 4-9 I/O bus expansion adapter 4-15 Installation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5-1 to 9 Precautions in installation 5-1 Installation of basic/expansion rack panel 5-2 Installation of power supply module 5-5 Installation of control module 5-6 Installation of I/O / special I/O / I/O link/option module Installation of I/O bus expansion adapter 5-9 5-7 Wiring · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6-1 to 17 Precaution for wiring 6-1 Wiring for power supply module 6-9 Wiring for I/O module 6-12 Wiring for basic/expansion rack panel 6-14 Diretions for use · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 7-1 to 46 Current consumption of module 7-1 Allocation of the relay No. 7-4 Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, and option module 7-9 Precaution for operating I/O module 7-12 Communication port (JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) ROM operation 7-46 7-24 Trial run · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8-1 to 3 Check points prior to trial run 8-1 Operation method for trial run 8-2 Maintenance and check · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 9-1 to 11 Periodical check 9-1 Exchange method of batteries 9-3 Self-diagnosis function 9-4 Troubleshooting 9-7 Chapter 10 Support tool · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 10-1 to 2 10-1 Kinds of support tool 10-1 10-2 Directions of use support tool 10-2 Chapter 11 Specifications · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 11-1 to 32 11-1 General specifications 11-1 11-2 System specifications 11-2 11-3 Performance specifications 11-3 11-4 Specifications of I/O module 11-8 11-5 Specifications of power supply module 11-26 11-6 Specifications of I/O bus expansion adapter 11-28 11-7 Specifications of basic rack panel 11-28 11-8 Specifications of expansion rack panel 11-28 11-9 Outline dimension drawings 11-29 11-10 Accessories 11-32 Appendix · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · A-1 to 3 Allocation of the relay No. for the 64 points I/O module. Chapter 1. Overview Programmable controller new satellite JW30H has realized the fastest basic instruction processing speed in the world in spite of the medium class, by employing the RISC type CPU, and features the following benefits. ■ Features 1. Fastest processing speed of basic instruction in the world (38 nanoseconds /instruction) is realized. By employing the RISC type CPU, even a program of 10K-words (basic instruction only) can be operated in about 1 millisecond. As a result, the processing precision is enhanced by the improvement of repeatability, aside from increase of line speed. 2. High-speed data exchange with an option module To meet the needs for high speed processing speed, the data exchange speed between a control module and an option module is 5 times faster than conventional modules. 3. High-speed serial port: 115.2 K-bits/sec. Data transfer time to/from a personal computer or a support tool has been reduced dramatically. 4. A large-capacity memory capable of coping with increase of information processing quantity is mounted. A memory of 63K-words of program memory, 30,000 relay points, and 25K-bytes of register (includes file 1) is prepared, and in addition, a register file of 1984K bytes can be also used. (When using JW33CUH3) 5. Up to 8 racks and total cable length of 50 m By using an I/O bus expansion adapter, up to 8 racks can be installed, with a total cable length of 50 meters, so that it enables real-time remote I/O fast operation without time lag. In addition, an I/O bus expansion adapter on the expansion rack panel allows a connection to a programmer, so it enables programming and monitoring on the machine side. 6. Design efficiency of program is notably improved. Instead of the conventional program which was only a sheet of roll paper, the structural program function for dividing into functions is provided, and block module control (page control) is realized. Also provided is a library function, in which a created program is saved as library and can be reused. 7. Abundant module of JW20H can be used. Inheriting the compatibility with the previous models, it is possible to cope with modification demands of the existing equipment such as increase of speed and productivity, only by exchanging the control module. 8. The communication port and programmer port can be shared. Programmer and various module can be connected to the two ports mounted on the control module. A system of high cost performance can be built up, by connecting 2 programmers to debug, or connecting up to 2 module of FA controller terminal or image sensor camera. (When using JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) 9. Power supply module conforming to UL/CSA. To meet with overseas demands, the power supply module conforming to UL and CSA is available. It can be used in the system outside Japan, including the English version ladder creation software JW50SP. 10.Selectable from three numerical value expression methods (octal/ decimal/hexadecimal notations), and application instructions are further fortified. Data memory, constants of application instructions, program address, and others can be expressed in a notation preferred by the user, and users of other makers can use without any strange feel. As application instructions, the instructions of conventional models JW20H, JW50H/70H/100H are included, and further comparative instructions with relay outputs, and arithmetic operation instructions with signs are also added. 1-1 ■ Control module The table below shows major performance specifications of JW-31CUH1, JW-32CUH1, JW-33CUH1/ H2/H3 control modules of the JW30H series. Item JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 Max. no. of I/O points 512 points 1024 points 3072 points 3072 points 3072 points 15.5 K-words Program capacity 7.5 K-words 31.5 K-words 63 K-words 63 K-words /31.5 K-words*1 9 K-bytes 25 K-bytes 25 K-bytes 25 K-bytes 25 K-bytes Register *2 Data 64 K-bytes memory File memory 128 K-bytes 448 K-bytes 1984 K-bytes None /32 K-bytes*1 Clock feature None Yes Communication port None 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800/2400/1200 bits/s transfer rate Basic instructions: 0.038 µs Instruction processing Transfer instructions (F-00): 1.22 µs speed (24 percent in conventional model improved) Max. No. of rack 8 racks (In the case of using I/O bus expansion adapter) Total length distance 50m max. (Max. 50 m between rack panel and rack panel) for I/O expansion cable Data exchange time The speed becomes approximately 5 times faster than conventional with option module modules when JW-34KB/36KB/38KB basic rack panel is used. *1: The JW-32CUH1 can select program capacity and file capacity (file 2) by setting switch SW2 on the module. (Select from 15.5 K-words/64 K-bytes or 31.5 K-words/32 K-bytes.) *2: The register capacities above include file 1 register (16 K-bytes) that can directly be assigned by application instructions. => See the “JW30H Programming Manual.” Reference Major specifications of the JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH (previous models, discontinued production) control modules for the JW30H series are as follows: Item JW-31CUH JW-32CUH JW-33CUH Max. no. of I/O points Program capacity Register*2 Data memory File memory Clock feature Communication port transfer rate Instruction processing speed Max. No. of rack Total length distance for I/O expansion cable Data exchange time with option module 512 points 1024 points 2048 points 7.5 K-words 9K-bytes None None 15.5 K-words 31.5 K-words 25 K-bytes 25 K-bytes 64 K-bytes 128 K-bytes Yes 19200/9600/4800/2400/1200/None 600 bits/s Basic instructions: 0.05 µs Transfer instructions (F-00): 1.60 µs 4 racks*3 14 m max. (Max. 10 m between rack panel and rack panel)*3 The speed is still the same as conventional modules even though a basic rack panel JW34KB/36KB/38KB is used. *2: The register capacities above include file 1 register (16 K-bytes) that can directly be assigned by application instructions. *3: The previous models cannot use the I/O expansion adapter (JW-31EA/32EA). 1-2 Chapter 2. Safety precautions (1) Installation Avoid keeping the JW30H in the following conditions: • Direct sunlight. • Relative humidity which exceeds 35 to 90 %. No condensation due to rapid temperature variation. • Corrosive and flammable gases. (2) Operation • Prepare an emergency stop circuit at the external relay circuit, and connect the halt output from the JW30H. (The halt output is installed in the power supply module.) • Don't handle switches and connectors excessively by force. (3) Grounding Prepare a class-3 grounding of the JW30H separately. Never co-ground with high power equipment grounding lines. (4) Installation • Securely fasten the retaining screws in each module, and confirm again that it is fastened prior to supply power. Looseness of screws may cause malfunction. • Firmly connect cable (I/O expansion cable), connecting to the basic/expansion rack panel. Confirm connectors are fastened prior to supplying power. Looseness may cause malfunction. • Each module has a ventilation hole to allow for cooling. Do not block the holes. • Install the JW30H horizontally against a control panel (parallel, wall-mount installation), otherwise (vertical, wall-mount installation) temperature increase may occur. ○ Good; Parallel, wall-mount installation (5) Wiring • Be aware not to cross the connection polarity of 5 VDC on the expansion rack panel. Otherwise, rack panel and I/O module etc. may be damaged. • Keep the input/output lines away from high voltage or strong current lines such as power lines. (6) Cautions for static electricity Significant volume of static electricity may build up on the human body in extremely dry conditions. Prior to touching the JW30H, discharge the static electricity by touching grounded metals. (7) Cleaning Use the soft cloths for cleaning. Volatile solvents (alcohol, paint thinner, freon etc.) and wet rags may cause deformation or change of color. (8) Storage Keep the JW30H in cool and dry conditions as it equipped with a battery for memory backup. High ambient temperature may shorten its battery life. Do not put other objects on the JW30H. 2-1 (9) Short circuit protection If the load connected to the output terminal shorts circuits, the output device or the printed circuit board may burn. Insert a protective fuse in the output lines. We recommend that you install protective fuses in each line, even if the external devices have fuses for each common unit. These common line fuses are to protect the device against burnout caused by overload, and do not protect against overcurrent of output element and load. Output module [Precautions when using a rated voltage power source] Load Fuse 0 When you use a power supply for loads that have a current 1 limiting circuit, provide fuses that match the load rating of each output module. If the load is shorted, and the current limiting circuit functions, the short-circuit current will flow at COM current level lower than needed to blow the fuse. Power supply load (10) Insulation transformer Choose isolation transformer with a capacity 20% or more higher than the rated load. When a transformer of the same capacity as that of the rated load is used, the primary input voltage might exceed the rated transformer capacity. In the case of the JW30H, use an isolation transformer with a capacity greater than 72VA. Power supply module Power consumption* Transformer capacity 60 VA or less 72 VA or more 70 VA or less 85 VA or more * Maximum load capacity when one power supply module is used. JW-21PU JW-22PU JW-31PU JW-33PU (11) Max. No. of I/O points Each control module has a maximum number of input and output points, but the number of relay points affecting the maximum number of input and output points varies with the type of the module. It must be noted that it is different from the number of relay assignments. (In the case of JW20H, it is same as the number of relay assignments.) The number of relay points Allocation affecting the maximum number No. of of I/O points points JW30H JW20H Kinds of module 8 points input/output 16 16 16 16 points input/output 16 16 16 32 points input/output / I/O 32 32 32 Special I/O (64 points input/output) 16 64 16 Special I/O (except for 64 points input/output) 16 0 16 I/O link 16 0 16 Option 16 0 16 Vacant slot 16 0 16 2-2 Control module Max No. of I/O points In case of all 16 points module In case of all 32 points module In case of all 64 points module JW-31CUH1 512 points 16 points × 32 sets = 512 points 32 points × 16 sets = 512 points 64 points × 8 sets = 512 points JW-32CUH1 1024 points 16 points × 64 sets = 1024 points 32 points × 32 sets = 1024 points 64 points × 16 sets = 1024 points 3072 points Note 16 points × 64 sets = 1024 points 32 points × 64 sets = 2048 points 64 points × 32 sets = 2048 points Note JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 Note: Max. 32 sets of 64-point modules can be mounted. Therefore, when 32 sets of the 32-point/ 64-point module are mounted, the total number of points will be 3072. (32 points x 32 sets + 64 points x 32 sets = 3072 points) 2-3 (12) Directions of data memory The JW30H shares the same groups of modules as the JW20H, but its allocation of data memory is different. 1. Special I/O modules JW30H JW20H Number of Up to 32 modules special I/O ･ Additional 8 modules can be added when a remote I/ modules O slave station is used. installed Note: The special I/O module can only be mounted (per control to racks 0 to 3. They cannot be mounted on racks 4 module) to 7. ･ A 16-byte data memory is allocated to each rack on the rack panel using a module No. switch on the special I/O module. Items Data memory allocation Relay for a special I/O (Basic system) Relay for a special I/O (Remote I/O slave station) Module No. switches RO, SW0 RO, SW1 | RO, SW7 R1, SW0 R1, SW1 | R1, SW7 R2, SW0 R2, SW1 R2, SW7 R3, SW0 R3, SW1 | R3, SW7 SW0 SW1 | SW7 Byte addresses ｺ3000 - ｺ3017 ｺ3020 - ｺ3037 | ｺ3160 - ｺ3177 ｺ3200 - ｺ3217 ｺ3220 - ｺ3237 | ｺ3360 - ｺ3377 ｺ3400 - ｺ3417 ｺ3420 - ｺ3437 | ｺ3560 - ｺ3577 ｺ3600 - ｺ3617 ｺ3620 - ｺ3637 | ｺ3760 - ｺ3777 ｺ4000 - ｺ4017 ｺ4020 - ｺ4037 | ｺ4160 - ｺ4177 Parameter areas T-00 (000 - 177) T-01 (000 - 177) | T-07 (000 - 177) T-10 (000 - 177) T-11 (000 - 177) | T-17 (000 - 177) T-20 (000 - 177) T-21 (000 - 177) | T-27 (000 - 177) T-30 (000 - 177) T-31 (000 - 177) | T-37 (000 - 177) T-40 (000 - 177) T-41 (000 - 177) | T-47 (000 - 177) Up to 8 modules ･ 16 bytes each are allocated without defining the rack number on the rack panel. Parameter Byte Module No. areas addresses switches SW0 ｺ0200 - ｺ0217 T-0 (000 - 177) SW1 ｺ0220 - ｺ0237 T-1 (000 - 177) | | | SW7 ｺ0360 - ｺ0377 T-7 (000 - 177) The switch numbers in the module No. switch column, from R0 to R3, are the rack numbers on the rack panels. 2. I/O link relay areas of the JW-23LM/23LMH JW30H Module No. switches SW0 SW1 SW2 SW3 Byte addresses ｺ2000 - ｺ2077 ｺ2100 - ｺ2177 ｺ2200 - ｺ2277 ｺ2300 - ｺ2377 JW20H Capacity 64 bytes 64 bytes Total of 64 bytes 256 bytes 64 bytes 2-4 Totally 64 bytes from SW0 to SW3 (ｺ0100 - ｺ0177) (13) Notes for using communication module, support tool When you use a JW30H communication module or support tool, check the version you are using carefully. Depending on the version, some limitation on the use may be involved, or it may not be possible to use it. 1. Communication modules The following communication modules may be compatible with or not compatible at all with JW30H depending on their version. • Modules mounted on the JW30H: JW-21CM, JW-22CM, JW-21MN, JW-23LM, and JW-23LMH • Modules communicating with JW30H: JW-20CM, JW-20RS, JW-20MN, ZW-98CM, ZW20AX, JW-98MN, JW-90MN, Z-313J, Z-331J, Z332J, Z-333J, Z-334J, Z-335J 1 A “30Hn” mark is put on modules which are compatible with the JW30H control modules, including JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 (current models). 2 A “30H” mark is put on modules which are compatible with the JW30H control modules, including JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH (conventional models). 3 Neither the “30Hn” nor “30H” mark is put on a module that is not compatible with the JW30H. (Compatible with the JW20H only.) <<In case of JW-21CM>> 30H 30Hn With “30Hn” mark With “30H” mark Without any mark Usable functions are as follows: Compatibility of modules mounted on the JW30H 1 2 Communication with the JW30H With “30Hn” All functions available with all JW30H mark models Available communication with all the JW30H modules. With “30H” mark Communcation available taking for granted that the current JW30H modules function in the same way as a conventional JW30H module. Available within the functional range of conventional JW30H modules Without All functions are unavailable when “30Hn” or mounded in the JW30H modules 3 “30H” marks (They do not function) Communcation available taking for granted that the JW30H modules function in the same way as a conventional JW20H or either of JW50H/70H/100H module. (*1) *1: A decision taking for granted that a JW30H as whether a JW20H or either of JW50H/70H/100H is subject to the settings of JW30H system memory #260. (# 260 = 50HEX: JW50H/70H/100H, and other than #260 = 50HEX: JW20H) 2-5 ■ Classification between JW30H (all models), JW30H (current models), and JW30H (conventional models) In this manual, the JW30H series control modules are classified as follows: Model classification JW30H (all models) JW30H (current model) *2 JW30H (conventional model) Control module JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 JW-31CUH JW-32CUH JW-33CUH *2: JW30H (conventional models) are discontinued production. 2. Support tool The following support tools may be compatible with or not compatible at all with JW30H depending on their versions. - Hand-held programmer: JW-13PG - Multi-purpose programmer: JW-50PG - Ladder software: JW-50SP See page 3-5 in details about support tool. (14) Input/output module (JW-211NA/212NA/214NA/212SA/213SA/214SA) Input modules (JW-211NA/212NA/214NA) and output modules (JW-212SA/213SA/214SA) are upgraded models (covered functions of the conventional models) of conventional modules (JW-211N/ 212N/214N, JW-212S/213S/214S) (discontinued production). => See “11-4. Specifications of I/O module.” ■ Comparison with the conventional models Product name Input module Output module Model name Corresponding conventional model Major functions JW-211NA JW-211N 16-point input 100/200 VAC JW-212NA JW-212N 16-point input 12/24 VDC JW-214NA JW-214N 16-point input 12/24 VDC (high-speed type) JW-212SA JW-212S 16-point output 5/12/24 VDC, 0.5 A trainsistor output (sink output) JW-213SA JW-213S 16-point output 100/200 VAC, 1.0 A triac output JW-214SA JW-214S 16-point output 250 VAC / 30 VDC, 2 A relay output [Changed points] Changed points from the conventional models are as follows: ■ All models Improved view angle of the LED display (top of the module) to wide view angle type. 2-6 ■ JW-212SA/213SA Added “fuse blow indication (FUSE)” on the LED display. Changed rated capacity and rated maximum load current (JW-213SA) of the installed fuse. - JW-212SA Item JW-212SA Conventional model (JW-212S) Blown fuse indication (LED display) Available (FUSE) *2 Not avaialble Fuse specifications (1 common) 3.15 A 3A Item JW-213SA Conventional model (JW-213S) Blown fuse indication (LED display) Available (FUSE) *2 Not avaialble Fuse specifications (1 common) 3.15 A 3A Maximum load current 1.0 A/point, 2A/common 0.5 A/point, 2A/common - JW-213SA *2: The JW-212SA/213SA displays fuse blow (FUSE) using an LED. However, this is only indication and the JW20H/30H control module cannot detect this fuse blow. In addition, the users cannot replace the installed fuses. Ask our sales agent for replacement of the fuses. (15) Special I/O modules If a preset scanning time is too short ( less than 2 ms), the special I/O module such as JW-21SU may not function normally. To avoid this malfunction, set a longer scanning time using a constant scanning (set 3 ms or more on the system memory #226) or other functions. (16) Insulation resistance and dielectrical strength tests of the power supply module When testing insulation resistance or dielectrical strength of the JW-21PU/31PU power supply modules, be sure to remove the short bar connected between the SHORT terminal and the GND terminal. If a test is carried out without removing the short bar, internal elements of the module may be damaged. 2-7 Chapter 3. System configuration 3-1 Basic system configuration Expansion rack panel (Max. amount of connection:7) I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA) Termination connector (Attached to JW-31EA) I/O expansion cable (Total length: max. 50m) I/O／special I/O module Power supply module Basic rack panel Control module I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-31EA) I/O／special I/O／I/O link／option module PG connection cable Support tool Programmer Number of rack panels connected Number of mounting of I/O module, special I/O module, I/O link module, and option module Multipurpose programmer Personal computer (PC-98, DOS/V series) Ladder software Max. 8 sets in total of 1 basic rack panel and 7 expansion rack panel. (In case of using the basic rack panel JW-34KB/36KB/38KB, expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB, and I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA/32EA.) Total of 64 sets can be mounted • Max. of 64 I/O modules can be mounted including both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 7). • Max. of 32 special I/O modules can be mounted including both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 3). • Max. of 4 I/O link modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel. • Max. of 7 option modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel. Note: System can be configured without using an I/O bus expansion adapter. (See the next page.) 3-1 ■ The difference between using I/O bus expansion adapter and not using it When not using I/O bus expansion adapter When using I/O bus expansion adapter JW-32EA I/O bus expansion adapter → 32 E A Rack 6 32 E A Rack 5 32 E A Rack 4 32 E A Rack 3 Rack 3 32 E A Rack 2 Rack 2 32 E A Rack 1 Rack 1 32 E A Rack 0 Rack 0 31 E A → System configuration Rack 7 JW-31EA I/O bus expansion adapter Basic rack panel JW-24KB/26KB/28KB JW-34KB/36KB/38KB JW-34KB/36KB/38KB Expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA (Install in basic rack panel) JW-32EA (Install in all expansion rack panel) _ I/O expansion cable JW-203EC/207EC/22EC/25EC/210EC JW-05EC/1EC/3EC/10EC/20EC/30EC/ 50EC No. of racks 4 racks max. 8 racks max. Cable total length distance 14 m max. (Max. 10 m between rack panels) 50 m max. (Max. 50 m between rack panels) No. of I/O modules Max. 32 sets for basic/expansion rack panel (racks 0 to 3) Max. 64 sets for basic/expansion rack panel (racks 0 to 7) No. of special I/O modules Max. 32 sets for basic/expansion rack panel (racks 0 to 3) Max. 32 sets for basic/expansion rack panel (racks 0 to 3) No. of I/O link modules Max. 4 sets for basic rack panel (rack 0) Max. 4 sets for basic rack panel (rack 0) No. of option modules Max. 7 sets for basic rack panel (rack 0) Max. 7 sets for basic rack panel (rack 0) Connection support Unavailable tool with expansion rack panel Available for connected I/O bus expansion adapter JW-32EA 3-2 (1) Control module Model name No. of In/Out Program size File register Clock feature, communication port JW-31CUH1 512 points 7.5K words None None JW-32CUH1 1024 points 15.5K words 80K bytes Yes 31.5K words 48K bytes JW-33CUH1 3072 points 31.5K words 144K bytes Yes JW-33CUH2 3072 points 63K words 464K bytes Yes JW-33CUH3 3072 points 63K words 2000K bytes Yes Set program capacity and file register capacity of the JW-32CUH1 using the internal switch (SW2) of the module. (2) Power supply module Model Approved Approved Specification name UL/CSA CE JW-21PU 85 to 264 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 3.5 A JW-22PU 20.4 to 32 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 3.5 A JW-31PU 85 to 132 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 3.5 A O JW-33PU 85 to 264 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 4.5 A O O (3) Basic/expansion rack panel No. of slots Model name For power supply module For Control module For I/O module JW-24KB 1 1 4 JW-26KB 1 1 6 JW-28KB 1 1 8 JW-34KB 1 1 4 JW-36KB 1 1 6 JW-38KB 1 1 8 I/O bus expansion adapter (Installation of JW-31EA) Unavailable Available The slot for I/O module is a slot mounting I/O, special I/O, I/O link, and option module. (4) Expansion rack panel No. of slots Model name For power supply module For I/O module JW-34ZB 1 4 JW-36ZB 1 6 JW-38ZB 1 8 I/O bus expansion adapter (Installation of JW-32EA) Available The slot for I/O module is a slot mounting I/O, special I/O module. (5) I/O bus expansion adapter Model name Specifications JW-31EA Mounting to basic rack panel (JW-34KB/36KB/38KB) JW-32EA Mounting to expansion rack panel (JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB), with PG port Use an I/O bus expansion adapter when more than 5 racks on the rack panel are used, or when total length of I/O expansion cables is longer than 15 meters (max. 50 meters). The conventional model of JW30H series (JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH) cannot use the I/O bus expansion adapter. 3-3 (6) I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module Model name Specifications JW-201N 8 points input, 100/120 VAC JW-202N 8 points input, 12/24 VDC JW-203N 8 points input, 200/240 VAC JW-211NA 16 points input, 100/120 VAC *1 JW-212NA 16 points input, 12/24 VDC JW-214NA 16 points input, 12/24 VDC (high speed type) I/O JW-234N 32 points input, 12/24 VDC (high speed type, connector connection) JW-202S 8 points output, 5/12/24 VDC, 1A, transistor output (sink output) JW-203S 8 points output, 100/200 VAC, 1A triac output JW-204S 8 points output, 250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A relay output (separated common) JW-212SA 16 points output, 5/12/24 VDC, 0.5A, transistor output (sink output) *1 JW-213SA 16 points output, 100/200 VAC, 1A triac output Special I/O JW-214SA 16 points output, 250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A, relay output Option *2 I/O link JW-232S 32 points output, 5/12/24 VDC, 0.1A, transistor output (sink output, connector connection) JW-232M 16 points input, 12/24 VDC 16 points output, 5/12/24 VDC, 0.1A, transistor output (sink output, connector connection) JW-264N 64 points input, 24 VDC (high speed type, connector connection) JW-262S 64 points output, 5/12/24 VDC, 0.1A, transistor output (sink output, connector connection) JW-21HC High speed counter: 100 kHz 1ch JW-22HC High speed counter: 100 KHz/200 KHz 2ch JW-24AD Analog input: 4 points 13 bits JW-22DA Analog output: 2 points 16 bits JW-22DU ID control: Microwave/optical system JW-21SU Serial interface 1ch RS-232C/422A JW-21PS Pulse output, number of control axis: 1. Max speed: 250 kpps. JW-23LMH I/O link master station, up to 32 slave stations, max. 504 points, 345.6 kbits/s / 172.8 kbits/s JW-21CM Select from computer link / data link / remote I/O functions by switching. JW-22CM Net work module JW-21MN ME-NET module JW-25CM JW10 link module JW-255CM Ethernet module JW-20FL5 JW-20FLT JW-20DN JW-21RS FL-net module DeviceNet master module Remote I/O slave module *1: Input module JW-211NA/212NA/214NA and output modules JW-212SA/213SA/214SA are function improved models (cover the functions of conventional models) of JW-211N/212N/214N and JW212S/213S/214S. => See page 2-5. *2: Make sure to use the JW30H series applicable products for the JW-23LMH, JW-21CM, JW-22CM, and JW-21MN. Items applicable with the JW30H series are stuck [30Hn] mark in front of the modules. => See page 2-4. 3-4 (7) Support tools Model name Outline Ladder software Multi-purpose Ladder processr II programmer Hand-held programmer JW-14PG Remarks ----------See the table in the next page for versions JW-13PG LCD dot matrix display JW-12PG Usable within the functions of the JW20H or JW50H/70H/100H.*2 JW-2PG*1 Usable within the functions of the JW20H.*2 LCD display (640 x 480 dot) Built-in 1 set of 3.5" floppy disk JW-50PG drive Built-in 1 set of 2.5" hard disk (256MB) See the table in the next page for versions. EL display Horizontal: 11 relay contacts plus 1 coil Vertical: 11 relay lines plus 2 message lines Built in 1 set of 3.5" floppy disk drive. Usable within the functions of the JW20H or JW50H/70H/100H when Z-3LP2ES is installed. (Ver 5.2 or more) JW-92SP Ladder software for PC-98 series, Japanese display See the table in the next page for versions JW-52SP Ladder software for DOS/V personal computer, Japanese display See the table in the next page for JW30H applied versions. JW-50SP Ladder software for IBM-PC See the table in the next page for JW30H applied versions. JW-100SP Ladder logic programming software Z-100LP2S + Z-3LP2ES (Expansion module) ----------- *1 When JW-2PG is used by JW30H, be sure to set 02HEX on the system memory #136 of JW30H. *2: Forced set/reset, data transfer using a ROM writer, and data transfer using cassette tapes are not available. Note: Do not connect to the programmer ZW-101PG1, or malfanction may be caused. 3-5 ■ Description of software version approved to JW30H The following support tools may, or may not be compatible with JW30H depending on their versions. Items Model names Versions Available functions when used with JW30H Hand-held programmer JW-13PG Multi- JW-50PG purpose With “B” mark All functions are available with all JW30H modules. With “A”, or without marks Usable within the function range of the conventional JW30H modules. Ver5.5 or later All functions are available with all JW30H modules Ver5.0 to 5.3A Usable within the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules programmer Ver4.0A or earlier Ladder software JW-52SP Usable but it operaties taking for granted that the JW30H is a JW20H, or either of JW50H/70H/ 100H. (*3) Ver5.5 or later All functions are available with all JW30H modules Ver5.0 to 5.3A Usable within the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules. JW-92SP Ver5.5 or later All functions are available with all JW30H modules. Ver5.0 to 5.3A Usable with the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules. Ver4.0A or earlier JW-50SP Usable but it operaties taking for granted that the JW30H as a JW20H, or either of JW50H/70H/ 100H. (*3) Ver5.5I or later All functions are available with all JW30H modules Ver5.0I to 5.3AI Usable with the functional range of the conventional JW30H modules (*2) Ver3.0I Usable taking for granted that the JW30H as a JW20H, or either of JW50H/70H/100H. (*3) *3: A decision taking for granted that a JW30H as whether a JW20H or either of JW50H/70H/100H is subject to the settings of JW30H system memory #260. (# 260 = 50HEX: JW50H/70H/100H, and other than #260 = 50HEX: JW20H) This version cannot perform forced set/reset of relays and sampling trace. - The JW-14PG and JW-100SP can use their all functions with all JW30H series models. - For details about the JW30H (all models) and JW30H (conventional models), see page 2-6. (8) I/O expansion cable Model name JW-203EC JW-207EC JW-22EC JW-25EC JW-210EC JW-05EC JW-1EC JW-3EC JW-10EC JW-20EC JW-30EC JW-50EC Specifications Connection cables between a basic rack panel and an expansion rack panel, or between expansion rack panels. Connection cables between a JW-31EA and a JW-32EA, or between a JW-32EA and a JW-32EA. 3-6 30 cm 70 cm 2m 5m 10 m 50 cm 1m 3m 10 m 20 m 30 m 50 m Accessories 5 V DC cable (30cm) 5 V DC cable (70cm) 5 V DC cable (2m) Short connector Short connector Short connector 5 V DC cable (50cm) 5 V DC cable (1m) None None None None None (9) PG connection cable Specifications Model name JW-22KC Connection cable between a support tool and the JW30H. 2 m JW-24KC Connection cable between a support tool and the JW30H. 4 m * * JW-24KC cannot be used with JW-2PG. 3-7 3-2 System configuration using communication Refer to the each module instruction manual or user’s manual about each communication module (I/O link, option module). Use the product conforming to JW30H. See the page 2-6 concerning JW30H applied modules. [1] Communication system using communication port • By using a communication port of the control module, the JW30H can communicate with a host computer such as a personal computer and a liquid crystal control terminal. • JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 have 2 ports (PG/COMM1, PG/COMM2) for communication port. JW-31CUH1 doesn't have function of communication port. JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 JW30H Host computer PG/COMM2 port RS-232C or RS-422A Host computer PG/COMM1 port RS-422A Specifications Item JW30H No. of connected sets Communication line RS-232C connection RS-422A connection 1 sets (1:1 connection) Max. 31sets (1:N connection) Shielded cable Max.15m Shielded twisted pair cable Cabletotal length: max. 1 km 4-wire system (Party line connection) Transfer rate 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800/2400/1200 bits／s Data style Start bit ：1 bits Data length ：7 bits Parity bit ：1 bit (odd/even/none) Stop bit：1/2 bits Character used ASCII, alphanumeric characters • For operational details of communication port, see page 7-24 to 45. 3-8 [2] Communication system using link module (JW-21CM) • The JW-21CM can use any of the following 4 functions by setting its internal switch. Functions 1 Computer link 2 Data link DL1 (N:M method) 3 Data link DL9 (I:N method) 4 Remote I/O master station Total number of mountable modules Up to 7 Up to 6 (total of master and slave stations) Up to 6 (total of master and slave stations) Up to 1 • The JW-21CM is an option module, and up to 7 modules of JW-21CM (including other option modules) can be mounted only on a basic rack panel. Total number of mountable modules varies according to the functions to be used, as shown above. (Mounting example) Computer link Data link DL1 (N:M method) Data link DL9 (I:N method) Remote I/O master station Total :2 :2 :2 :1 7 (1) Computer link • This link offers communication between a host computer as a master station and a JW-21CM as a slave station. JW-21CM (slave) JW-21CM (slave) Host computer JW30H JW30H JW-10CM (slave) JW70H RS-232C/422 converter RS-485 RS-232C Max. of 31 slave stations Z-101HE Specifications Items Names of slave stations (PC) JW-21CM (JW20H/JW30H) JW-10CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H) ZW-1K0CL2 (W100), ZW-501CL2(W51), ZW-160CL2(W16), ZW-10CL2 (W10), and Z-331J/332J (J-board) Numbers of slave stations connected Up to 31 modules (1:N connection) Communication line A shielded-twist pair cable. Max. length: 1 km. 2 lined type/4 lined type. cables Transfer speed (baud rate) 19200/9600/4800/2400/1200/600/300 bits / s Data formats Start bit: 1 bit Data length: 7 bits Parity bits: 1 bit (odd/even) Stop bit: 2 bits Used characters ASCII alphanumerical characters 3-9 (2) Data-link DL1 • The system communicates between the JW30H and W/JW series PC through the JW-21CM as a master or a slave station. • This link offers communication between a master and a slave station, or between 2 slave stations. (N:M method) JW-10CM (slave) JW-21CM (slave) JW-21CM (slave) JW70H JW30H JW30H Slave station: 15 sets max. Shielded-twist pair cable Total length max. 1 km 153.6 kbits/s Item Specifications Model name of JW-21CM (JW20H/JW30H) master/slave station JW-10CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H) ZW-501DL1(W51), ZW-160DL1 (W16), Z-331J/332J (J-board) No. of connected Max. 16 stations (Including master station) stations No. of link bytes Total 64 bytes (512 points) No. of link bytes • Divided equally according to the number of slave stations when a JWper station 21CM or a Z-331J/332J is used as master station. (1 station: 32 bytes, 2 or 3 stations: 16 bytes each, 4 to 7 stations: 8 bytes each, and 8 to 15 stations: 4 bytes each.) • When master station is other than JW-21CM, or Z-331J/332J, up to 64 bytes will be allocated. (3) Data-link DL9 • The system communicates between the JW30H and W/JW series PC through the JW-21CM as a master or a slave station. • This link offers communication between a master and a slave station. It cannot perform communication between 2 slave stations (1:N method). JW-10CM (slave) JW-21CM (slave) JW-21CM (slave) JW70H JW30H JW30H Slave station: 15 sets max. Shielded-twist pair cable Total length max. 1 km 153.6 kbits/s Item Specifications JW-21CM (JW20H/JW30H) Model name of JW-10CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H) master/slave station ZW-1K0DL9 (W100), ZW-501DL9(W51), ZW-160DL9 (W16) Z-331J/332J (J-board) No. of slave stations Max. 15 sets connected No. of link bytes • Select from 512/256/128/64 bytes when a master station is a JW21CM, or Z-331J/332J. • When a master station is other than a JW-21CM, or Z-331J/332J, up to 512 bytes will be allocated. • Divided equally according to the number of slave stations when a JW-21CM or a Z-331J/332J is used as master station. (1or 2 stations: No. of link bytes per 128 bytes each, 3 or 4 stations: 64 bytes each, 5 to 8 stations: 32 station bytes each, and 9 to 16 stations: 16 bytes each. • When master station is other than JW-21CM, or Z-331J/332J, total of max. 127 bytes will be allocated. 3-10 (4) Remote I/O master station • The system can communicate between a JW-21CM as remote I/O master station and a W/JW series module as remote I/O slave station. JW-21CM (master station) JW-21RS (slave) JW-21RS (slave) JW-21RS (slave) JW-21RS (slave) JW30H Shielded twisted pair cable Total length max. 500 m 307.2 kbits/s Items Model name of slave station Number of slave stations connected Number of remote I/O points Number of I/O points per station Number of special I/O modules mounted on a JW-21RS [3] Slave station 4 sets max. Specifications JW-21RS (JW20H/JW30H) ZW-501RS1 (W51), ZW-160RS1 (W16), ZW-10RS1 (W10) Max. 4 sets Total point max. 512 (64 bytes) 128 points (16 bytes) Max. 8 (Total of 4 slave stations) Communication system using a JW10 link module (JW-25CM) • The JW-25CM can communicate with the JW10, by selecting data link master station function or remote I/O master station function. • The JW-25CM is an option module, and up to 7 modules of JW-25CM (including other option modules) can be mounted only to a basic rack panel. (1) Data link master station • The system can communicate between a JW-25CM, a master station, and a JW10, slave station. • This communication system can only communicate between a master and a slave station. It cannot communicate between 2 slave stations. JW-25CM (master station) JW30H JW-25CM JW10 (slave) JW10 (slave) JW10(slave) UNIT NO. L1 L2 SHIELD FG Shielded twisted pair cable Slave station 63 sets max. • Total expansion length and max. number of slave stations connected (JW10) are subject to the settings of communication speed. Communication speed Total expansion length Number of slave stations connected Max. 31 Max. 500 m 76800 bits/s Max. 63 Max. 1 km 38400 bits/s Items Model name of slave station Number of transmission bytes per station Specifications JW-1324K/1424K/1624K (JW10 basic modules) 8 bytes each for receiving and sending. 3-11 (2) Remote I/O master station • The system can communicate between a JW-25CM as a remote I/O master station and a JW basic module as a remote I/O slave station. • Whether or not to synchronize a data exchange between a master and a slave station with operation can be selected. JW-25CM (master station) JW30H JW10 (slave) JW-25CM JW10 (slave) JW10(slave) UNIT NO. L1 L2 SHIELD FG Slave station 63 sets max. Shielded twisted pair cable • Total expansion length and max. number of slave stations connected (JW10) are subject to the settings of communication speed. Communication speed 76800 bits/s 38400 bits/s Data exchange timing Synchronous/ asynchronous Synchronous Asynchronous Items Model name of slave station Number of I/O points per station Max. 500 m Max. 31 Max. 1 km Max. 1 km Max. 16 Max. 63 Specifications JW-1324K/1424K/1624K (JW10 basic modules) Max. 60 points (36 for inputs, 24 for outputs) Communication system using the satellite net module (JW-22CM) • The system can communicate between JW series PCs or between personal computers by mounting a JW-22CM on a JW30H. • It can realize data linking (N:M method) and computer linking on the same communication line. • The JW-22CM is an option module, and up to 7 modules (including other option modules) can be mounted only to a basic rack panel. JW-22CM (master station) 456 901 901 23 456 456 23 456 78 901 78 901 901 23 901 78 23 456 PC-98 78 78 456 JW-20CM (slave) JW70H JW30H JW30H 78 JW-22CM (slave) 23 23 [4] Total expansion No. of slave stations connected length ZW-98CM (slave) 5C-2V coaxial cable Total length max. 1 km 1.25M-bits/s Max. 64 stations Items Specifications Name of connected models JW-22CM (JW20H/JW30H) (PC, personal computer) JW-20CM (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H), Z-335J (J-board) ZW-98CM (PC98), ZW-20AX (IBM/PC, DOS/V) No. of connected stations No. of link bytes No. of bytes linked per station Max. 64 stations Relay link: max. 2048 points (64 bytes) Register link: max. 2048 bytes Relay link: max. 2048 points (64 bytes) Register link: max. 2048 bytes 3-12 Communication system using a ME-NET (JW-21MN) • The system can communicate between systems supporting the ME-NET specifications (PCs, personal computers, robot controllers, etc.) by mounting a JW-21MN to a JW30H. • It can offer data linking (N:M method) and computer linking on the same communication line. • The JW-21MN is an option module, and up to 7 modules (including other option modules) can be mounted only to a basic rack panel. JW-21MN (master station) JW-21MN (slave) JW30H JW30H 456 23 23 456 23 456 78 901 901 23 901 901 78 78 456 456 901 901 456 PC-98 78 78 78 JW-20MN (slave) JW70H 23 [5] 23 JW-98MN (slave) 5C-2V coaxial cable Total length max. 1 km 1.25M-bits/s Max. 64 stations Items Specifications Name of connected models JW-21MN (JW20H/JW30H) (PC, personal computer) JW-20MN (W70H/100H, JW50H/70H/100H), Z-334J (J-board) ZW-98MN (PC98), JW-90MN (IBM/PC, DOS/V), etc. No. of connected stations Max. 64 stations Number of linked bytes per Relay link: Max. 2048 points (64 bytes) station Register link: Max. 2048 bytes Number of transmission Max. 1024 bytes total of relay link and register link bytes per station [6] Communication system using the satellite I/O link (JW-23LMH) • The system can communicate between a JW-23LMH as an I/O link master station and an I/O link slave module. • Up to 4 JW-23LMH modules can be mounted only on a basic rack panel. JW-23LMH (master station) (slave) 8-point module JW30H (slave) 16-point module (slave) 32-point module (Slave station) LCD control terminal, manifold solenoid valve, etc. Shielded-twist pair cable Total length max. 1 km 172.8 kbits/s Max. 32 slave stations 345.6 kbits/s *Note *Note: The communication speed of 345.6 kbits/s can be achieved only when in communication with following high speed type slave module. Item Model name of slave station Specifications 8-point module: ZW-82N (input), ZW-82S (output) 16-point module: ZW-161N/162N (input), ZW-161S/162S/164S (output), ZW-162M(I/O) 16-point module (high speed type): ZW-164NH (input), ZW-162SH (output), ZW-162MH (I/O) 32-point module (high speed type): ZW-324NH (input), ZW-322SH (output), ZW-322MH (I/O) 8-point module (sensor connector type): ZW-84NC (input) 16-point module (sensor connector type): ZW-162MC (I/O) LCD control terminal: Z-SM10 Number of slave Max. 32 stations stations connected Number of I/O link points Max. 504 points 3-13 [7] Communication system using the Ethernet (JW-255CM) Install the JW-255CM on the JW30H, and connect it to a transciever using a transciever cable, you can exchange data with a host computer or any LAN system in the network, on the Ethernet *1. - Both TCP/IP and UDP/IP protocols are available. - Data communication is possible between host computers in an Ethernet network and PCs in a satellite network or on an FL-net spanning two layers of hierarchy. - Communication is possible by up to 8 nodes with one JW-255CM. - Data can be exchanged between SHARP PCs using SHARP's unique SEND/RECEIVE function. - Using the subnet mask routing function, the JW-255CM can communicate with a large network system through a router. * Ethernet is a trademark of the Xerox Corporation. JW50H/70H/100H JW20H JW30H JW20H JW30H J W -2 5 5 C M CM SD RD 12V Host computer J W -2 5 5 C M T ER FT CM SD RD 12V S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 T ER FT S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 ON ON S H I E L D OFF S H I E L D OFF FG FG JW-255CM JW-255CM JW-50CM Transceiver cable (max. 50 m) Max. number of stations is 100. Terminator Transceiver 10BASE5 coaxial cable (Yellow cable) Coaxial cable segment (max. 500 m) Item Specifications Connection with network D-SUB15 pins connector Transfer speed 10M bits/s Physical topology Bus Transmission device 50 ohms coaxial cable Transmission method Baseband Max. No. of transfer length 500 m/segments 2.5 km/network 2.5 m or more Max. No. of stations 100 sets/segments Protocol structure Station interval *2 Application Sharp computer link/original command Transport TCP/UDP Network IP (ARP) Data link Ethernet V2 No. of connections 8 Application Computer link functtion,send/recieve functions, routing function *2: The max. number of transfer length between stations connecting multi segments with the repeater. 3-14 [8] Communication system using FL-net (JW-20FL5/T) The JW-20FL5 (for 10BASE5) and JW-20FLT (for 10BASE-T) are modules for the “FL-net” *1 next generation control system network. They facilitate connection with different devices such as NC and industrial robot as well as other manufacturers’ PC. - Entrance (alt. registration, join) to a network is simple by a node automatic entrance and removal function. - Perform interlock between devices, transfer production instruction, and collection of production result on a single circuit. - Easy maintenance thanks to data exchange using SHARP’s unique SEND/RECEIVE instruction and remote programming and monitor functions. *1: “FL-net (FA LINK Protocol Network) is an open FA network system that was suggested by the Japan FA Open Promotion committee (JOP) in the Production Science Center (governmental foundation) as a shared standard in the field. Personal computer Terminator Other mfg’s PC JW50H/70H /100H RC J-board JW20H/30H Transceiver NC Hub 10BASE-T twisted pair cable (100 m max.) O F F 1 2 Transceiver cable (50 m max.) 10BASE5 coaxial cable (500 m max.) FL-net Z-336J JW-20FL5 JW-50FL J-board JW50H/70H /100H JW20H/30H O F F 1 2 Maximum number of nodes: 100 / segment ■ Specifications of the communication section Z-336J JW-20FLT Item JW-20FL5 JW-20FLT 10BASE5 10BASE-T Bus Star Data transfer media 50 ohm yellow cable 10BASE-T twisted pair cable Maximum data transfer distance between stations 500 m / segment 2.5 km / network *2 10 m / segment 500 m / network *3 Connection to network Physical topology Data transfer speed 10 Mbps Data transfer system Base band Protocol configuration Application Transport Network Data link JW-50FL Specifications FA link protocol UDP IP Ethernet V2 *2: The maximum data transfer distance between stations when more than one segment are connected using a repeater. *3: The maximum data transfer distance between stations when multiple 10BASE-T segments are connected using a hub. ■ FL-net specifications Item Specifications Communication control method Masterless, token system Number of connecting stations Maximum 254 Communication function Cyclic data transfer (n: n, 8 k-bits + 8 K-words) Message transfer (1:1, 1: n) Maximum data length of one frame: 1 K-bytes 3-15 [9] Communication system using the JW-20DN DeviceNet The JW-20DN conforms to the DeviceNet * and can connect various slave stations. It can share other facilities inside/outside Japan. - It employs multi-drop system that can connect between nodes using a single special cable. Therefore, it offers much wire saving. Branching using a T-branch tap is also available. - One PC can install maximum four JW-20DNs. Shortening communication time or separation of systems by dividing systems is possible. - The editing function of scan list facilitate easy allocation of slave station I/O addresses. There is no need configurator. * DeviceNet is a trademark of the ODVA (Open Device Vendor Association). [Connection example] * JW-20DN (Master module) JW-20DN MS NS SD RD ER PT S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 JW30H FG Cable (Trunk) Terminating resistance Slave T branch tap Slave Slave Power supply for communication (24 VDC) Cable (branch line) Slave Power Terminating tap resistance Slave Slave Up to 63 slave nodes can be connected to a single master module. Items Number of I/O points Communication speed Specifications 4096 points input and output to data tables (512 bytes) Selectable: 125 k bits/s, 250 k bits/s, or 500 k bits/s. Communication speed 125 k bits/s 250 k bits/s 500 k bits/s Trunk length using a thick 500 m 250 m 100 m cable Trunk length using a thin Communication 100 m 100 m 100 m cable distance (maximum) Maximum branch line 6m 6m 6m length Total length of branch 156 m 78 m 39 m lines Communication function Polling I/O function, Explicit message function Proprietary cable (Five conductors: 2 signal wires, 2 power source Communication cable wires, 1 shield) type - Thick cable: For trunks - Thin cable: For trunks or branch lines In the scan list editing mode you can select "allocation in address Data table assignment order," "even number allocation," or "allocation in the order in which vacant nodes are occupied" as the method for I/O data mapping 3-16 3-3 System design procedure The system design procedure is virtually as the same as those of the other conventional relay controllers. The following is an example of the system design procedure of the JW30H. Start System design Select of memory capacity (model of control module) and set up number of I/O module etc. Preparation of operation Register I/O Address allocation Individual operation check Ladder design of each module Wiring input/output Programming device with JW30H Debugging Revise program Trial operation NG OK Save program Store in FD, HD, or flash ROM Revising ladder diagram Run 3-17 3-4 Cautions on system design A principle difference between a programmable controller (PC) and a conventional relay circuit is that a PC controls each operation cyclically (in series), whereas relay circuit controls it in parallel. Therefore, relay circuits limit the effect of an abnormal operation to a block. However, a PC allows abnormal operations of the whole system when an abnormal condition occur. In order to create a fail-safe system, we recommend preparing independent external protective circuits for following functions, which may cause a breakdown of machine or injury to workers: • Emergency stop circuit, • Protection circuit, • Operating circuit of high voltage device. Also, be aware of the operation response time, as a PC operates using cyclic processing. To prevent mis-operation due to output signal of the output module soon after switching on power to the JW30H, connect in series the halt output for the JW30H in the following operation stand-by circuit. (1) In case of using AC power supply 85 to 264 VAC(JW-21PU) 85 to 132 VAC(JW-31PU) 85 to 264 VAC(JW-21PU) 85 to 132 VAC(JW-31PU) • Connecting the input module and output module for lighting lamps in front of emergency stop circuit makes it possible to grasp the stop condition of devices. JW30H Input module • When the JW30H stops its operation, all the output module indicate ON/OFF condition just before stopping. Note: When setting an output holding address in the system memory, all the output after the setting address is retained and you can reset the previously set address. (only available when power is supplied to the JW30H.) Output module Emergency stop JW30H Operation preparation halt output MC • Halt output JW-21PU Relay output: 100/200 VAC, 30 VDC, 1A JW-31PU Relay output: 100 VAC, 30 VDC, 1A Thermal MC switch Output module MS1 MS2 MS2 MS1 • Interlock circuit Prepare external interlock circuit to prevent reverse operation, damage of machines and injury of workers. Note: When DC output module is used as a output module, use AC relay and install its contact in the emergency stop circuit. 3-18 (2) In case of using DC power supply （24 VDC） • Connecting an input module and output module for lighting lamps in front of emergency stop circuit makes it possible to grasp the stop condition of devices. 0V JW30H Input module • When the JW30H stops its operation, all the output module indicate ON/OFF condition just before stopping. Note: When setting an output holding address in the system memory, all the output after the setting address is retained and you can reset the previously set adress. (only available when power is supplied to the JW30H.) Output module Emergency stop Operation preparation JW30H halt output • Halt output (relay output 100/200 VAC, 30 VDC, 1A) MC Thermal MC switch Output module MS1 • Interlock circuit Prepare external interlock circuit to prevent reverse operation, damage to machines and injury of workers. MS2 MS2 MS1 3-19 Chapter 4. Name and function of each part 4-1 Control module (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/ 33CUH3) Module retention screw • JW-31CUH1 Up side : 2 Low side : 1 1 Battery life indication label 2 4 Rating plate 3 Softwave version label • JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 Module/name label Battery life indication label 1 5 6 2 7 A side view of JW-32CUH1/JW-33CUH1/JW-33CUH2/ JW-33CUH3 is same as JW-31CUH1. 3 8 Softwave version label 4-1 Name Function Model name Lights when detecting errors by self-diagnosis. PC stops its operations. (However, it operates even when battery is error.) 1 FAULT lamp (red) 2 PROTECT switch Set prohibit (ON), enable (OFF) about writing to program memory and system memory. 3 Battery cover A battery module for memory backup is provided inside; opened and closed when replacing battery. (For exchange method, see page 9·3.) 4 PG port (with cover) Connector in order to connecting with support tool. 5 COMM1 lamp Lights when communicating with personal computer or the like, by using PG/COMM1 port. Lights up in monitoring state by connecting support tool. 6 Lights when communicating with personal computer or the like, by using PG/COMM2 port. Lights up in monitoring state by connecting support tool. COMM2 lamp 7 PG/COMM1 port (with cover) A connector for connecting with support tool. A connector for connecting with device having Serial I/O port such as personal computer. PG/COMM2 port 8 (with cover) A connector for connecting with device having Serial I/O port such as personal computer. (Also possible to connect with support tool.) JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 JW-32CUH1 has a switch in rear face of the module. (See the below.) (JW-32CUH1 rear view) 31.5K WORD 32KB Switch (SW2) name label Program 1 file capacity setting switch (SW2) ＳＷ２ 15.5K WORD 64KB - Set the program capacity and register capacity of file 2. SW2 Program capacity File 2 capacity 3.15K words 32K bytes 15.5K words 64K bytes Set at delivery Note: Changing settings of the SW2 will erase program contents that have been set before the change, as well as a part of file 2 data. We recommend that you back-up programs and data by using a support tool, such as the JW-100SP, as you may need to use the same data after the change. After setting changes of the SW2 are completed, be sure to initialize all memory using a support tool such as the JW-14PG. 4-2 4-2 Power supply module (JW-21PU/22PU/31PU/33PU) Four models : JW-21PU, JW-22PU, JW-31PU, and JW-33PU are available as power module. Model name Specification Approved Approved UL/CSA CE JW-21PU 85 to 264 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 3.5 A JW-22PU 20.4 to 32 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 3.5 A JW-31PU 85 to 132 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 3.5 A O JW-33PU 85 to 264 VAC. Power capacity: 5 VDC 4.5 A O O • When a power supply module is installed on an expansion rack panel, and if a power is supplied to the power supply module on the basic rack panel without supplying power to the power supply module on the expansion rack panel, the system detects as “input/output error” (#160 = Error code 40) or “expansion power supply error” (#160 = Error code 43). Make sure to supply power also to the power supply module on the expansion rack panel. • The power terminal block is equipped with a terminal block cover at delivery. Remove this cover when you wire. After connecting, make sure to put the cover to the original position. [1] JW-21PU/22PU/31PU Module retention screw Module name indication label POWER RUN POWER lamp (green) (Lights when power is supplyed) Rating plate Module retention rib Programmer retention screw hole RUN lamp (green) Power supply terminal block (with cover) (See next page) - Operating normally, lights ON - Programming after connecting support tool: Blinking (PC stops operation) - Detect errors by self-diagnosis function: Lights OFF (when battery is error, lights ON.) • The JW-21PU, 22PU, and 31PU are identical in shape. 4-3 [Power supply terminal block] This is a terminal block for connecting extended line of power supply, GND, halt output and the like. JW-21PU *1 L POWER INPUT 100-240 VAC N POWER RUN *5 Short bar 85 to 264 VAC Power supply input terminal *2 GND (grounding) terminal SHORT GND HALT OUTPUT 100-240 VAC (24 VDC) 1A JW-31PU JW-22PU (+) POWER INPUT 24 VDC *4 20.4 to 32 VDC Power supply input terminal *1 85 to 132 VAC Power supply input terminal N *5 Short bar SHORT HALT OUTPUT 24 VDC (100-240 VAC) 1A L POWER INPUT 100-120 VAC (—) GND *3 Halt output terminal *2 GND (groung) terminal *3 Halt output terminal *2 GND (grounding) terminal GND HALT OUTPUT 100-120 VAC (24 VDC) 1A *3 Halt output terminal *1 Connect the power supply input of JW-21PU/31PU while paying attention to the L terminal (LIVE: non-grounded side) and N terminal (NEUTRAL: grounded side). *2 To prevent electric shock and noise error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 grounding. *3 Be sure to incorporate the line to the external emergency stop circuit. *4 As for DC input power supply, use power source of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit: 20.4 V or more). *5 When testing insulation resistance or dielectric strength of the JW-21PU/31PU power supply modules, be sure to remove the short bar connecting between the SHORT terminal and the GND terminal. The power supply module has a serge absorber connected between the AC input line and the SHORT terminal, as well as a short bar between the SHORT terminal and the GND terminal at the time of shipment. If a test is carried out without removing the short bar, internal elements of the module may be damaged due to overcurrent. 4-4 [2] JW-33PU POWER lamp(green) (Lights when power is supplyed) RUN lamp(green) ・Operating normally, lights ON ・Programming after connecting support tool : Blinking (PC stops operation) ・Detect errors by self-diagnosis function : Lights OFF (when battery is error, lights ON.) Module retention screw JW-33PU POWER RUN 増設ベースユニット EXPANSION RACK PANEL Programmer retention screw hole Rack number label Write rack number of expansion rack panel. Module insert guide Rating plate RACK NO. L POWER INPUT 100∼240VAC N GND HALT OUTPUT 100∼240VAC (24VAC) 1A 85 to 264VAC Power supply input terminal *1 GND (grounding terminal) *2 Module retention rib Halt output terminal *3 Power supply terminal block (with cover) *1: Connect the power supply input while paying attention to the terminal (LIVE: non-grounded side) and N terminal (NEUTRAL : grounded side). *2: To prevent electric shock and noise, error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 grounding. Connect with internal between GND terminal.(Short bar having JW-21PU/31PU do not have in JW-33PU). *3: Be sure to incorporate the line to the external emergency stop circuit. 4-5 4-3 Input/output module The following models are available in the input/output module. The input/output module can be installed in any order in the I/O module slot of the basic/expansion rack panel. ■ Kinds of input/output module I/O module having 8, 16, and 32 points are available. Special I/O module having 64 points are available. Input Output I/O Special I/O [1] Model name Points JW-201N 8 100/120 VAC JW-202N 8 12/24 VDC JW-203N 8 200/240 VAC JW-211NA 16 100/120 VAC Applied CE markings Specifications O JW-212NA 16 12/24 VDC O JW-214NA 16 12/24 VDC (high speed type) O JW-234N 32 12/24 VDC (high speed type, connector connection) O JW-202S 8 5/12/24 VDC, 1A, transistor output (sink output) JW-203S 8 100/200 VAC, 1A, triac output JW-204S 8 250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A, relay output (separated common) JW-212SA 16 5/12/24 VDC, 0.5A, transistor output (sink output) O JW-213SA 16 100/200 VAC, 0.5A, triac output O JW-214SA 16 250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A, relay output O JW-232S 32 5/12/24 VDC, 0.1A, transistor output (sink output, connector connection) O JW-232M 12/24 VDC, input 16 points, transistor 16 points output, 0.1A (sink output, connector connection) O JW-264N 64 24 VDC (high speed type, connector connection) O JW-262S 64 5/12/24 VDC, 0.1A transistor output (sink output, connector connection) O 8/16 points module Current consumption mark Module name label A Input/output signal indication lamp Lights when inout/output signal "ON" 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Indications the current consumption of 5 VDC input/output module. (One label: Approx. 100 mA) Terminal block retention screw Module retention screw Connector Connects with connector for the I/O slot of basic/ expansion rack panel. Input/output terminal block Connects external lines of input/output devices. (Quick disconnect type) Terminal block retention screw 4-6 Rating plate Module retention rib The terminal block connecting external lines in 8/16 points I/O module is quick-disconnect type. Loosen 2 mounting screws provided in upper and lower positions of the terminal block, then the terminal block can be detached. And a malfunctioning I/O module can be replaced without removing the external lines from the terminal block. Terminal block retention screw Terminal block retention screw [2] 32 points module Current consumption mark Module name label A Input/output signal indication lamp 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C Module retention screw Indication of the current consumption of 5 VDC in input/output module. (One label: Approx. 100 mA) Connector 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 D 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Lights when input/output signal is "ON" Connector retention screw hore I/O connector Connects connector which is connected to external lines from input/output devices. Rating plate Terminal block retention screw hole Module retention rib [Pin No. of I/O connector and signal name] Signal name Signal name Pin No. JW-234N JW-232S JW-232M １Ｂ COM.AB Vacant COM.AB ２Ｂ Vacant COM.AB(-) Vacant ３Ｂ Ａ−１ ４Ｂ Ａ−３ ５Ｂ Ａ−５ ６Ｂ Ａ−７ ７Ｂ Ｂ−１ ８Ｂ Ｂ−３ ９Ｂ Ｂ−５ 10Ｂ Ｂ−７ 11Ｂ Ｃ−１ 12Ｂ Ｃ−３ 13Ｂ Ｃ−５ 14Ｂ Ｃ−７ 15Ｂ Ｄ−１ 16Ｂ Ｄ−３ 17Ｂ Ｄ−５ 18Ｂ Ｄ−７ 19Ｂ Vacant Vacant Vacant 20Ｂ COM.CD COM.CD(-) COM.CD(-) Pin JW-232M JW-232S JW-234N No. COM.AB Vacant COM.AB １Ａ Vacant COM.AB(-) Vacant ２Ａ ３Ａ Ａ−０ ４Ａ Ａ−２ ５Ａ Ａ−４ ６Ａ Ａ−６ ７Ａ Ｂ−０ ８Ａ Ｂ−２ ９Ａ Ｂ−４ 10Ａ Ｂ−６ 11Ａ Ｃ−０ 12Ａ Ｃ−２ 13Ａ Ｃ−４ 14Ａ Ｃ−６ 15Ａ Ｄ−０ 16Ａ Ｄ−２ 17Ａ Ｄ−４ 18Ａ Ｄ−６ Vacant Vacant Vacant 19Ａ COM.CD(-) COM.CD(-) COM.CD 20Ａ 4-7 Connects with connector for the I/O slot of basic/ expansion rack panel. [3] 64 points module Current consumption mark Module retention screw * Fuse LED (Only JW-262S) Module No. switch Module name indication label 01234567 Input/output signal indication lamp Indicating lamp selector switch A B C D Module insert guide Connector FUSE UNIT NO. 2 1 CN CN2 CN1 Rating plate Connector retection screw hole 1 : The first half 32 points 2 : The second half 32 points Connector CN2 for I/O (the second half) Connector CN1 for I/O (the first half) Module retention rib Connector retention screw hole * The fuse LED (JW-262S only) lights up (red) when the blown fuse or when the load power supply is turned OFF. When the connector CN1 or CN2 is not used (not connected), power supply is not applied to line (+) and COM (–), and hence the fuse LED lights (red). (It has, however, no effect on the output operation of the operating connector side.) In this case, by connecting the furnished connector to an idle connector and applying power supply between line (+) and COM (–), it prevents from lighting of fuse LED due to idle connector. [Pin No. of connector CN1, CN2 and signal name] CN1 (The first half 32 points) Signal name CN1 Signal name Pin No. JW-264N JW-262S Pin JW-264N JW-262S No. COM.1 Power supply 1 (+) １Ａ Vacant COM.1 (-) ２Ａ ３Ａ Ａ−０ ４Ａ Ａ−２ ５Ａ Ａ−４ ６Ａ Ａ−６ ７Ａ Ｂ−０ ８Ａ Ｂ−２ ９Ａ Ｂ−４ 10Ａ Ｂ−６ 11Ａ Ｃ−０ 12Ａ Ｃ−２ 13Ａ Ｃ−４ 14Ａ Ｃ−６ 15Ａ Ｄ−０ 16Ａ Ｄ−２ 17Ａ Ｄ−４ 18Ａ Ｄ−６ Vacant COM.1 (-) 19Ａ COM.1 Power supply 1 (+) 20Ａ - Pin number 1A and 20A, and 1B and 20B of JW-264N are respectively connected inside. CN2 (The second half 32 points) Signal name CN2 １Ｂ COM.1 Power supply 1 (+) ２Ｂ Vacant COM.1 (-) ３Ｂ Ａ−１ ４Ｂ Ａ−３ ５Ｂ Ａ−５ ６Ｂ Ａ−７ ７Ｂ Ｂ−１ ８Ｂ Ｂ−３ ９Ｂ Ｂ−５ 10Ｂ Ｂ−７ 11Ｂ Ｃ−１ 12Ｂ Ｃ−３ 13Ｂ Ｃ−５ 14Ｂ Ｃ−７ 15Ｂ Ｄ−１ 16Ｂ Ｄ−３ 17Ｂ Ｄ−５ 18Ｂ Ｄ−７ 19Ｂ Vacant COM.1 (-) 20Ｂ COM.1 Power supply 1 (+) - Pin number 1A and 19A, 2A and 20B, 1B and 19B, and 2B and 20B of JW-262S are respectively connected insides. Signal name Pin No. JW-264N JW-262S Pin JW-264N JW-262S No. COM.2 Power supply 2 (+) １Ａ Vacant COM.2 (-) ２Ａ ３Ａ Ａ−０ ４Ａ Ａ−２ ５Ａ Ａ−４ ６Ａ Ａ−６ ７Ａ Ｂ−０ ８Ａ Ｂ−２ ９Ａ Ｂ−４ 10Ａ Ｂ−６ 11Ａ Ｃ−０ 12Ａ Ｃ−２ 13Ａ Ｃ−４ 14Ａ Ｃ−６ 15Ａ Ｄ−０ 16Ａ Ｄ−２ 17Ａ Ｄ−４ 18Ａ Ｄ−６ Vacant COM.2 (-) 19Ａ COM.2 Power supply 2 (+) 20Ａ １Ｂ COM.2 Power supply 2 (+) ２Ｂ Vacant COM.2 (-) ３Ｂ Ａ−１ ４Ｂ Ａ−３ ５Ｂ Ａ−５ ６Ｂ Ａ−７ ７Ｂ Ｂ−１ ８Ｂ Ｂ−３ ９Ｂ Ｂ−５ 10Ｂ Ｂ−７ 11Ｂ Ｃ−１ 12Ｂ Ｃ−３ 13Ｂ Ｃ−５ 14Ｂ Ｃ−７ 15Ｂ Ｄ−１ 16Ｂ Ｄ−３ 17Ｂ Ｄ−５ 18Ｂ Ｄ−７ 19Ｂ Vacant COM.2 (-) 20Ｂ COM.2 Power supply 2 (+) - Pin number 1A and 19A, 2A and 20A, 1B and 19B, and 2B and 20B of JW-262S are respectively connected insides. - Pin number 1A and 20A, and 1B and 20B of JW-264N are respectively connected inside. 4-8 4-4 Basic/expansion rack panel [1] Basic rack panel Basic rack panel has slots for power supply module, control module, and I/O module. In the slot for I/O module, I/O, special I/O, I/O link, and option module can be connected in mixture. The basic rack panel has 6 different models, which are classified based on the number of slots to be used for an I/O module, and whether or not it has A JW-31EA, an I/O bus expansion adapter. Number of slot Model name For power supply module For control module For I/O module JW-24KB 1 1 4 JW-26KB 1 1 6 JW-28KB 1 1 8 JW-34KB 1 1 4 JW-36KB 1 1 6 JW-38KB 1 1 8 I/O bus expansion adapter (Installation of JW-31EA) Unavailable Available The name of each part and its function give and account of the following JW-28KB, JW-38KB. Different from other basic rack panel only in the number of slots for I/O module. • JW-28KB, JW-38KB Slot I/O module [Fitting I/O／Special I/O／I/O link／Option module] Fitting hole For fitting onto control panel Module retention screw hole Slot for power supply module For fitting power supply module 5V terminal block For supplying 5 VDC to the next expansion pack panel Fitting hole For fitting onto control panel I/O expansion connentor (OUT) - JW-28KB [Connecting I/O expansion cable] - JW-38KB Connect an I/O expansion cable or JW-31EA I/O bus expansion adapter. Module retention rib inserting hole Slot control module [For fitting control module] When fitting module, insert module retention Note • Put a connector cover on unused slots to prevent dust from entering. At the delivery, they are covered by connector covers to keep out dust. 4-9 [2] Expansion rack panel Expansion rack panel has slots for power supply module and I/O module. In the slot for I/O module, I/O and special I/O module can be connected in mixture. The I/O link and option module can not be installed on it. The expansion rack panel has 3 different models, which are classified based on the number of slots to be used for an I/O module. No. of slot Model name For power supply module For I/O module JW-34ZB 1 4 JW-36ZB 1 6 JW-38ZB 1 8 I/O bus expansion adapter (Installation of JW-32EA) Available The name of each part and its function give on account of the following JW-38ZB. Different from other expansion rack panel only in the number of slots for I/O module. • JW-38ZB Slot for power supply module Fitting hole Slot for I/O module [Fitting I/O／Special I/O module] Module retention hole Rack number switch Setting an order of the rack for allocating the address (Set condition at delivery:1) I/O expansion connector (OUT) I/O expansion connector (IN) Connect an I/O expansion cable on JW-32EA I/O bus expansion adapter. 5V terminal block Connect 5 VDC cable from basic/expansion rack panel Module retention rib inserting hole Note • Put a connector cover on unused slots to prevent dust from entering. At the delivery, they are covered by connector covers to keep out dust. 4-10 Rack No. of the expansion rack panel (1) In case of not using I/O bus expansion adapter System can be configured with up to 4 racks, and each rack ID number will be specified by the settings of the rack number switch on the expansion rack panel. The basic rack panel is fixed to rack No. 0. ■ Rack No. switch １２３ １２３ — OFF — １２３ Rack No. 1 — OFF — Rack No. 2 — OFF — Rack No. 3 It is an error when the rack number switch is set as follows, and the JW30H does not operate. 1. There are plural ON settings. １２３ — OFF — 2. All setting of the rack no. is OFF. １２３ — OFF — 3. Rack numbers are duplicate with other expansion rack panel. All of the states 1 to 3 result in table registration error (70) or table verify error (60), and the error code is stored in the system memory #160. The shipping setting of rack number switch is "1" (switch 1 is ON). 4-11 (2) In case of using I/O bus expansion adapter System can be configured with max. 8 racks when an expansion rack panel, JW-34ZB/36ZB/ 38ZB, is connected with an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-32EA. Each rack panel ID number will be defined by combination of settings for the rack number switches on the expansion rack panel and the JW-32EA. The basic rack panel is fixed to rack No. 0. Rack No. Rack No. switch of expansion rack panel Rack No. switch of I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA) 1 ON for only No. 1 — OFF — １２３ 1-3 side 2 ON for only No. 2 — OFF — １２３ 1-3 side 3 ON for only No. 3 — OFF — １２３ 1-3 side 4 OFF for all １２３ 5 ON for only No. 1 — OFF — — OFF — 4-7 side １２３ 4-7 side 6 ON for only No. 2 — OFF — １２３ 4-7 side 7 ON for only No. 3 — OFF — １２３ 4-7 side 4-7 1-3 4-7 1-3 4-7 1-3 4-7 1-3 4-7 1-3 4-7 1-3 4-7 1-3 It is an error when the rack number switch is set as follows, and the JW30H does not operate. 1. There are plural ON settings. １２３ — OFF — 2. Rack numbers are duplicate with other expansion rack panel. Both states 1 and 2 result in table registration error (70) or table verify error (60), and the error code is stored in the system memory #160. The shipping setting of rack number switch is "1" (switch 1 is ON), and that of I/O bus expansion adapter is "1 to 3" side. For I/O bus expansion adapter, see page 4-13 to 15. 4-12 (Setting example for rack No.) Expansion rack panel Rack No. switch 4-7 １２３ Termination connector 1-3 １２３ 4-7 １２３ 4-7 1-3 1-3 4-7 １２３ 1-3 4-7 １２３ 1-3 4-7 １２３ 1-3 4-7 １２３ — OFF — Rack No. 1 — OFF — Rack No. 2 — OFF — Rack No. 3 — OFF — Rack No. 4 — OFF — Rack No. 5 — OFF — Rack No. 6 — OFF — Rack No. 7 I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA) Rack No. switch 1-3 Note: Rack numbers are not necessarily set in order of added timings. For example, they can be set as shown below. Rack 0 Rack 1 Rack 2 Rack 4 Rack 3 JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA 4-13 [3] Important points when using basic /expansion rack panels System specifications can be defined by the combination of basic rack panel and expansion rack panel as shown in the table below. ■ Combinations of basic and expansion rack panels Basic rack -34KB/36KB/38KB JW-34KB/36KB/38KB Expansion panel JW-24KB/26KB/28KB J(W W ithout JW-31EA) (With JW-31EA) rack panel None A B Unable to use in combination JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB (Without JW-32EA) C D Unable to use in combination JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB (With JW-32EA) Unable to use in combination Unable to use in combination E ■ System specifications Combinations of basic/expansion rack panels (as above) Specifications 1 Max. number of racks 2 Total expansion length 3 Option bus speed (Note) A B C, D E 1 1 4 8 - - 14 m 50 m Conventional speed High speed Conventional speed High speed - 4 I/O expansion cable JW-05EC (50 cm) JW-1EC (1 m) JW-3EC (3 m) JW-10EC (10 m) JW-20EC (20 m) JW-30EC (30 m) JW-50EC (50 m) JW-203EC (30 cm) JW-207EC (70 cm) JW-22EC (2 m) JW-25EC (5 m) JW-210EC (10 m) - Note: Option bus speed is data exchange speed between an option module and a control module, and the “high speed” is 5 times faster than the “conventional speed.” The conventional speed is the data exchange speed between a conventional control module, including JW-31CUH/32CUH/ 33CUH, and an option module. (An example of combination C above) JW-38ZB JW-28KB JW-36ZB JW-34ZB Total 4 racks JW-33CUH1 JW-22CM Conventional speed JW-210EC (10 m) JW-22EC (2 m) JW-22EC (2 m) Total 14 m (An example of combination E above) JW-31EA JW-38KB JW-32EA JW-38ZB JW-38ZB JW-32EA JW-36ZB JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-34ZB Total 5 racks JW-33CUH1 JW-22CM High speed JW-30EC (30 m) JW-10EC (10 m) 4-14 JW-3EC (3 m) JW-1EC (1 m) Total 44 m 4-5 I/O bus expansion adapter I/O bus expansion adapter for the JW30H has two available models, the JW-31EA and the JW-32EA, that are used to link signals sent from each rack panel. The JW-31EA is installed in the basic rack panel JW-34KB/36KB/38KB, while the JW-32EA is installed in the expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/ 36ZB/38ZB. The I/O expansion cable, JW-05EC/1EC/3EC/10EC/20EC/30EC/50EC, is used to connect rack panels. (See page 6-15 for connection method of I/O expansion cable). I/O bus expansion adapter is used for the following cases: 1) In the case of using min. 5 racks (max. 8) on the rack panel JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA Rack 1 Rack 2 Rack 3 Rack 0 JW-32EA Rack 7 Max. 8 racks on the rack panel 2) In the case of keeping a min. distance of 11 m (max. 50 m) between rack panels, or keeping a min. distance of 15 m (max. 50 m) between the basic rack panel and the last expansion rack panel: JW-31EA JW-32EA Max. distance of 50 m between the rack panels JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-31EA JW-32EA Max. 50m total cable length 3) In the case of operating a high-speed data exchange (5 times faster than without using I/O bus expansion adapter) between an option module, such as JW-21CM and JW-22CM, and a control module on a system that needs an expansion rack panel: JW-21CM JW-31EA JW-31CUH1 JW-32EA High-speed data exchange 4) In the case of creating, changing, or monitoring a program on the expansion rack panel side using a support tool (JW-14PG, JW-100SP etc.). JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-14PG 4-15 (1) JW-31EA Module fixing screw 1 Rating plate Module fixing screw 1 I/O expansion connector Connect between the I/O expansion connectors (IN) of JW-32EA using I/O expansion cables. (2) JW-32EA Module fixing screw 1 2 3 Rating plate 4 Module fixing screw 5 1 Connector for support tool connection Connecting a support tool, such as a hand-held programmer, enables creating/changing/monitoring program on the expansion rack panel that is max. 50 meters away. 2 I/O expansion connector (IN) Connect this connector and an I/O expansion connector (OUT) on the JW-31EAs or the JW32EAs (a front rack) using an I/O expansion cable. 3 Rack No. switch Set rack numbers on the mounted rack panel. Rack No. 4-7: When setting racks 4 to 7 1-3: When setting racks 1 to 3 (setting at delivery) Rack ID numbers are determined by combined setting of this rack number switches and ones on the expansion rack panel, JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB. See page 4-12 for details. 4 I/O expansion connector (OUT) Connect this connector and an I/O expansion connector (IN) on the JW-32EA (the next rack) using an I/O expansion cable. 5 Termination connector insert Insert a termination connector when a mounted expansion rack panel is at the end of the system. One each termination connector is supplied with each JW-31EA. 4-16 Notes • Only one support tool can be connected with a JW-32EA. Also, do not connect another support tool to the JW-32EA when a support tool is already connected to the control module. Or it may cause a malfunction. Unacceptable JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA Support tool Control module JW-31EA JW-32EA Support tool JW-32EA Support tool Support tool • The converntional models JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CHU of the control modules can't be used the JW-31EA/32EA I/O bus expansion adapter. 4-17 Chapter 5. Installation 5-1 Precautions in installation The JW30H is not designed for dust and water proof construction. Therefore, install JW30H in an enclosed panel. Avoid keeping the JW30H in the following conditions: 1. Ambient temperature extremes outside the range of 0 to 55 °C 2. The relative humidity exceeding the range of 35 to 90% 3. Sudden temperature changes which may cause condensation. 4. Corrosive and flammable gases. 5. Water, oil and organic solvents dripping positions. 6. Dusts, iron and salty conditions. 7. A box in which high voltage device is installed. 8. Strong vibration and shock may usually occur. Install on a good conductivity metal plated panel instead of painted one for easy grounding and better noise tolerance. Use zinc plated retention screws of M5 for installing JW30H. Calculation the avarage comsumption electric power (heating value) of JW30H. Determine the average power consumption of the entire machine in the following formula, and calculate the temperature rise in the panel. 1) Power supply module. 3 Wpw = × (I5V × 5) (W) 7 I5V: Current comsumption of 5 VDC circuit of respective module. 2) Tatal comsumption electric power of respective module. (5 VDC) W5V = I5V × 5 (W) 3) Average comsumption electric power of total 24 VDC power supply of output module. (Power consumption for simultaneous ON points) W24V = I24V × 24 (W) 4) Average power consumption by output module drop voltage of output module. (Power consumption for simultaneous ON points) Wour = Iour × Vdrop × No. of output points × Simulataneous ON rate (W) Iour: Output current (current of use) (A) Vdrop: Drop voltage of respective output module. (V) 5) Input module average power consumption of input module. (Power consumption for simultaneous ON points) • In case of DC input WIN = IIN × E × No. of input points × Simulataneous ON rate (W) • In case of AC input WIN = 0.1 × IIN × E × No. of input points × Simulataneous ON rate (W) IIN = Input current (Rms value in the case of AC) (A) E = Input voltage (Voltage of use) (V) 6) Comsumption electric power of special function module. WS = I5V × 5 + I24V × 24 (W) The total of the power consumptions calculated in each module is the power consumption of the entire machine. From this entire power consumption (W), calculate the heat generation and temperature rise in the panel. 5-1 Installation of basic/expansion rack panel This section explains the installation method of the basic/expansion rack panel in a control panel. Fix the basic/expansion rack panel on a partition plate of a control box. Select the appropriate fixing place taking into consideration the size of a wiring duct, wiring to the JW30H, a cable length of the I/O expansion cable, ventilation, maintenance, easy access for exchanging modules etc. We recommend that you install the basic rack panel at the bottom and the expansion rack panel above the basic rack panel. Note: Use a high conductive partition plate of plating finish for fitting the basic/expansion rack panel so as to increase noise tolerance. Installation dimensions of basic/expansion rack panel B6 B2 B3 A1 B7 B4 A3 A2 A3 4 ■ B1 5-2 B5 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 Thickness of portion to be inserted (mm) 8 4 6 φ6 R3 1.6 Installation dimensions (mm) Basic rack panel A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 JW-24KB JW-34KB 297 281 8 368 352 8 437 421 8 JW-26KB JW-36KB 130 118 JW-28KB JW-38KB B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 Thickness of portion to be inserted (mm) 8 4 6 φ6 R3 1.6 Installation dimensions (mm) Basic rack panel A1 A2 A3 JW-34ZB 226 210 8 JW-36ZB 297 281 8 JW-38ZB 368 352 8 B1 B2 130 118 5-2 ■ Installation of basic/expansion rack panel in control panel 1 Drill fitting holes of basic/expansion rack panel and wiring duct on the control panel and partition plate. • Refer to page 5-2 for fitting dimension of the basic/expansion rack panel. Keep each rack panel at 50 to 150 mm distance and more, from right and left sides of each rack panel to the end of the panel and the wiring duct for 50 mm and more. • Keep wiring duct 30 mm distance or more from the basic/expansion rack panel for vertical directions. 50 to 150mm Wiring duct Wiring duct Wiring duct 30mm 5 VDC cable Wiring duct I/O expansion cable 30mm AC/DC power supply Halt output Wiring duct 110mm Class-3 grounding 50 mm or more 2 Fix basic/expansion rack panel on partition plate using M5 screws. • Prepare M5 retention screws locally. (Recommended installation screw: M5 × 20 mm) M5 screw hole Partition panel M5 screw Basic/expansion rack panel To the next page 5-3 From the previous page 3 Fit wiring duct • Prepare the retention screws locally. • Use a wiring duct to enable easy external wiring for the I/O ／ Special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module of the JW30H. A fitting base of a wiring duct having the same level of the duct enables ease of external wiring. 4 Set the rack no. switch of expansion rack panel. • See page 4-11 to 13 for setting a rack no. switch. 5 Install JW30H system configurating modules to basic/expansion rack panel. • See page 5-5 to 9 for installation of each module (power supply module, control module, input module etc.) 6 Connect I/O expansion cable to basic/expansion rack panel • I/O expansion cable is to receive signals of each rack panels. Be sure that the total length of the cable does not exceed 14 m (50 m when using an I/O bus expansion adapter). See page 6-14 to 15 for connecting the I/O expansion cable. 7 Fit partition plate when installing basic/expansion rack panel to control panel. • Prepare the retention screws locally. 8 Ground the partition plate securely after installation. 5-4 5-3 Installation of power supply module Power supply module JW-21PU/22PU/31PU/33PU is installed by basic/expansion rack panel. Be sure to install the power supply module on the basic rack panel. Total consumption current of the power supply module is 3.5 A or less when JW-21PU/22PU/31PU is used, and 4.5 A or less when JW33PU is used. (See page 7-1 to 3) Install a power supply module in any of the cases below: 1. When the total consumption current of the power supply module exceeds 3.5 A when JW-21PU/ 22PU/31PU is used, or 4.5 A when JW-33PU is used. 2. When using JW-25EC/210EC, JW-3EC/10EC/20EC/30EC/50EC, in the I/O expansion cable. Furnish each expansion rack panel with power supply module. 3. When the total length of I/O expansion cable between expansion rack panel covered by the current capacity of one power supply module exceeds 2.1 m. [Installation] 1 Keep at the back of the module retention rib hanging on the inserting hole and push the whole body of the power supply module to the panel. 2 Tighten module retention screw in upper part of the power supply module using a phillips screwdriver. Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-m. Module retention screw Control panel Rack panel Module inserting guide Basic/expansion rack panel Inserting hole of module retention rib Power supply module Module retention rib Power supply module Phillips screwdriver Note Install the power supply module JW-33PU to each rack panel after wiring in 5V terminal block of basic/expansion rack panel and setting switch of expansion rack panel number. ■Installing in expansion rack panel (JW-34ZB) JW-34ZB JW-33PU POWER RUN 130 Rack No. switch (Expansion rack panel only) L POWER INPUT 100-240VAC 5V terminal block N GND HALT OUTPUT 100-240VAC (24VDC) 1A 55 99.8 110 226 5-5 ［Unit : mm］ 5-4 Installation of control module Install the control module (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) at the basic rack panel (the power supply module on the right.) [Installation] 1 Insert connector of control module into a slot for control module of basic rack panel. Control panel Rack panel Module inserting guide ○ × Control module Module retention rib Inserting hole of module retention rib Note: When a JW-32CUH1 is installed, set the program/file capacity setting switch (SW2) on the back of the control module before the installation. (See page 4-2) 2 Tighten module retention screw in upper and lower part of the control module using a phillips screwdriver. Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-m. Module retention screw Power supply module Phillips screwdriver Basic rack panel Control module Phillips screwdriver 5-6 5-5 Installation of I/O ／ Special I/O ／ I/O link ／ Option module [1] Installation to a basic/expansion rack panel This section contains instructions for installing the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module to the basic/expansion rack panel. I/O／special I/O／I/O link／option module can be installed together on basic rack panel. However, the I/O link ／ option module cannot be installed on the expansion rack panel. Prior to installation/removal of the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module, switch OFF the power supply to the JW30H. • When setting up the system, arrange so that the total of the current consumptions of each module may be within the output current of the 5 VDC power source supplied from the power supply module. If each module is used beyond the output current of the 5 VDC power source of the power supply module, the current limiting function of the power supply module is actuated to stop the operation of the JW30H. • Do not neglect to install a surge killer such as varistor on the output line of the relay output module: JW-204S/JW-214SA, as they do not have a surge absorbing circuit. Without installing a surge killer, a sparkling noise from a relay may cause noise trouble to other modules. [Installation] 1 Keep the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module hanging on the module retention rib in the inserting hole and push the entire body of the power supply module to the panel. ○ × Control panel Rack panel Module inserting guide Inserting hole of module retention rib Module fixing rib Control panel Rack panel Module inserting guide Module retention rib Inserting hole of module retention rib 2 Tighten module retention screw in upper part of the I/O／special I/O／I/O link／option module using phillips screwdriver. Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-m. Module retention screw Rack panel Power supply module Phillips screwdriver I/O／special I/O／I/O link／option module Control module 5-7 [2] Installation of module cover Module cover JW-20CV is a cover fitted on a terminal block of the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module to which external cables are connected. Module covers are ordered separately (8 sets in one pack.) [Installation] 1 Put the external lines connected to the I/O ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module into the portion reserved for storage portion. • When the external lines can not be stored in the storage portion, repeat connecting the external lines to the terminal block. • Put the terminal cover on after installing the external lines in the storage portion. External lines Storage portion Terminal cover 2 Hang the screw at the lower part of the module cover on terminal block, and insert the upper part of the module cover between the LED display panel and the terminal block of the module. Module cover [3] Installation of input/output module side board When power supply module is not installed in the expansion rack panel, attach the side board for I/O module (called side board hereinafter) to the left end module. The side plate prevents dust from entering into the module. The side board is supplied with the expansion rack panel. When the power supply module is installed on the expansion rack panel, do not install the side board. Otherwise, module cannot be installed properly. [Installation] Hang side board craw on the side of module in order to fix side board, and push side board toward module. Side board 5-8 5-6 Installation of I/O bus expansion adapter Install an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-31EA, on an I/O expansion connector on the right edge of the basic rack panel, JW-34KB/36KB/38KB. Install an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-32EA, on an I/O expansion connector on the right edge of the expansion rack panel, JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB. [Installation] 1 Insert a termination connector, which is an accessory of the JW-31EA, into the JW-32EA only on the last expansion rack panel. JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-32EA JW-32EA Termination conector Termination connector installation port JW-32EA Termination connector (with JW-31EA) 2 Install a JW-31EA in an I/O expansion connector on the basic rack panel, in the same way as a JW-32EA in an I/O expansion connector on the expansion rack panel. JW-31EA JW-32EA Expansion rack panel (JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB) Basic rack panel (JW-34KB/36KB/38KB) I/O expansion connector (OUT) I/O expansion connector (IN) 3 Tighten module fixing screws on the upper and lower sides of the I/O expansion adapter. Fasten the screw with a torque of less than 1.47 N-cm. JW-31EA JW-32EA Phillips screwdriver Phillips screwdriver 5-9 Chapter 6. Wiring Precaution for wiring Follow the below instructions for wiring: 1. Separate power line and I/O lines of the JW30H from high voltage lines and power lines as far as possible. Do not run power lines and I/O lines in parallel with high voltage or power lines. 2. For the I/O expansion cable and wiring the 5 VDC lines, use supplied accessories for the I/O expansion cable. 3. Don't run the I/O expansion cable and the 5 VDC cable inside a duct. 4. Provide easy-to-detach wiring thoroughly considering operability at maintenance and repair. 5. Use twisted cables of over KIV 1.25 square for connection to the primary power input terminal of the power supply module. 6. Use cables of over KIV 0.5 square (0.18 square/32 points connector type) for wiring from the relay terminal block of the control panel to the input module. For wiring to the output module, use cables of over KIV 0.75 square for large capacity such as solenoid valves; and cables of over KIV 0.5 square (0.18 square/32 points connector type), for other usage. 7. Use wires of over KIV 1.25 square for wiring from the relay terminal block to input/output equipment. 8. When the whole factory site is grounded for high electricity and not suitable for the grounding of the JW30H, connect the GND terminal of the JW30H with just the board ground. 9. Use the crimp-style terminals of our recommendation for wiring to the terminal blocks of the JW30H, whenever possible. Terminal block dimensions (mm) - Crimp-style terminal dimensions - Power supply module M3.5 Self-locking up screw B d2 6-1 14.5 Crimp-style terminals (our recommendation: Made by JAPAN SOLDERLESS TERMINAL MFG. CO., LTD) Dimensions (mm) B<8 d2>4 Models 1.25-YS4A V1.25-YS4A 2-YS4A V2-YS4A 8.1 - The other module (dimensions in parentheses are for the two layer terminal blocks) M3.5 Self-locking screw 13.3（9.5） 7.2 6-1 ■ Wiring with noise countermeasures For your safe usage of the JW30H, observe the “Precaution for Wiring” of the previous page carefully. Wiring to prevent the JW30H from malfunction caused by noise is shown below. Besides, some malfunctions by noise come from complex causes or a cause which cannot be analyzed in quantity. Use the following noise countermeasures as your reference, when you take measures for each actual situation. (1) Grounding Grounding has two purposes; to protect operators from electric shock and to prevent malfunction by noise. The grounding for noise prevention is shown here. Don't use a common ground for the JW30H and other device. When the GND cable of the JW30H is also used for grounding for other device, noise might come into the JW30H from other device. Other device PC Common grounding Bad example: Don't use the GND line of the JW30H for grounding of a motor or an inverter. Control panel Motor (heavy load) PC ground Inverter ground Ground Terminal block Class-3 grounding Countermeasure 1: Separate grounding for each of the JW30H, the motor and the inverter. Motor (heavy load) PC ground Inverter ground Terminal block Less than 5m Use a twisted wire of over 2 mm2 sectional area and less than 5 m long in grounding the JW30H for the noise prevention purpose. Countermeasure 2: Ground direct to chassis When separate grounding is not available. If a separate grounding for the JW30H cannot be made, ground directly from the GND terminal of the JW30H to the chassis on which the JW30H is mounted. Motor (heavy load) AC ground Inverter ground Terminal block 6-2 Ground Note: Observe the following points for direct grounding of the GND cable of the JW30H to the chassis: • Connect the grounding cable from the GND terminal of the power supply module of JW30H to the chassis Power supply module in the minimum distance. The same wiring manner Basic rack panel should be used for the expansion rack panel. Ground cable Ground Drop the grounding cable into the fastening screw on the rack panel. • Install firmly the basic rack panel and the expansion rack panel on the chassis of the control panel and make sure of the electric conductivity. Conducted Chassis Expansion rack panel Basic rack panel • Where the control panel itself is grounded, do not wire between the grounding point and the GND terminal of the JW30H. Don’t wire here Ground point of the control panel Reference: PC ground Note for fitting the JW30H on the control panel door. Ground from the GND terminal of the JW30H to the door. Use a twisted wire of over 2 mm2 sectional area for grounding cable of the control panel from its door (less than 50 cm.) PC Control panel Door Connect the PC ground cable with the door. Connect the door ground cable with the control panel chassis. 6-3 (2) Countermeasure of noise from power supply line The AC power supply input noise resistance capacity of the JW30H is 1000 Vp-p. When any noise over this limit is possible to come through the power supply line, install an insulation transformer. Countermeasure: Install an insulation transformer Noise has a high frequency of 100 KHz to 2 MHz, which should be blocked by a transformer. Insulation transformer PC AC power supply AC input Note: When using an insulation transformer, note the following points: • An insulation transformer with static electricity shield can also prevent noise by static coupling. • Install and insulation transformer near the power supply input of the control panel in order to block noise at the entrance of the control panel. Control panel Insulation transformer PC AC power supply Terminal block Twisting • Use two twisted wires in the primary and secondary sides of the transformer. • Choose the insulation transformer of the capacity of more than 20% higher than that of the rated load. When a transformer of the same capacity as that of the rated load is used, a primary input voltage might exceed the transformer rated capacity and become dangerous state such as emitting smoke. Power supply module Power consumption* Using the capacity of transformer JW-21PU JW-22PU 60 VA or less 72 VA or more 70 VA or less 85 VA or more JW-31PU JW-33PU * Maximum load capacity when one power supply module is used. • When a large-capacity transformer with higher voltage in the secondary side is chosen, we recommend to install a intermediate voltage tap. 110V 100V 90V Primary side 0V • With particularly large noise, several transformers can be installed, not only to the power supply input of the JW30H but also to the load and AC input. Breaker Breaker For PC power supply AC power supply For load For PC input 6-4 (3) Safeguard from lightning Below are countermeasures in case when the factory facilities are located far from residential areas and that effects from induced lightning (induced voltage by lightning strikes) are expected. Note, however, that they are not the measures for direct strikes of lightning. In some cases, the voltage of the induced lightning may go beyond 4000 KV. Therefore, the purpose of these countermeasure is just to minimize the damage on the device. Factory Countermeasure 1: Install a surge absorber on the receiver panel of commercial electric power as protection from induced lightning. Different models should be chosen according to the facilities load and power supply voltage. For your reference, below is a wiring diagram of the outdoor type cubicle for 1.7 KVA. Main breaker 30A Transformer (for voltage reduction) Breaker U PC AC input AC100V 250 VAC input V For other device Ground Surge absorber E Class-3 grounding Special class-3 grounding (less than 10 ohm) Note: Note the following when wiring. • The ground of the surge absorber is the special class-3 ground (less than 10 ohm ground resistance) and should be separated from the ground of the JW30H. (Class-3 grounding.) • Install the main breaker before the surge absorber. • The followings are known surge absorbers in the market. Different types for different power supply voltages. Commercial power voltage 100 VAC Model name Specifications ERZ-A20PK251 Varister voltage: 250V ± 10% Surge resistant volume: 5,000A (8/20µs) Energy resistant volume: 90 Joule Varister voltage: 500V ± 10% Surge resistant volume: 200 VAC ERZ-A20PK501 5,000A (8/20µs) Energy resistant volume: 150 Joule • Use the ground wire of over 3.5mm2 section area for the surge absorber. 6-5 Manufacturer Matsushita Electric Co.,Ltd. Countermeasure 2: Underground wiring as a countermeasure of lightning. When communication cables and input cables of the JW30H go out of a building, place them underground. Provide junction for input/output signals using relays. 1. Underground cabling In a lightning weather condition, the atmosphere is electrically charged and a wiring in the air induces a voltage of over 24 VDC. Therefore, place the wiring under the ground. Outside panel 60 cm or 120 cm below ground level As for the depth of cable installation, refer to local regulations. 2. Relay connection for the input/output signals using relays. The relay isolates the effects of lightning and minimizes the damage. PC Relay Input CR1 COM Output Load CR2 COM (4) Wire of signal cable for expansion When turning ON/OFF of the magnet switch installed near the JW30H and the signal cable for expansion, high noise and high voltage may occur to give bad effects on the operation of the JW30H. Therefore, for prevention of the noise occurrence, insert a noise killer, such as a varistor, at the contact point of the magnet switch. Do not place the signal cable for expansion and the 5 VDC cable inside the duct, through which input/output signal lines and power lines are running. Magnet switch Varistor Signal cable for expansion Wiring duct 5 VDC cable Input/output signal lines 6-6 (5) Note for external wiring to I/O module 1. Relay output module: JW-204S/JW-214SA Since the relay output module does not have a built-in surge absorbing circuit, do not forget to install a surge killer, such as a varistor, in the output side. Operation without a surge killer might give bad effects on other modules by spark noises from the relay. As for the surge killer, see page 7-12 "Precautions for operating I/O module." 2. DC input module: JW-202N/234N, JW-212NA/214NA When extending the external line of the DC input module for more than 100 m, use shielding wire. Even in case of less than 100 m extension, shielding wires should be used under certain conditions. Do not forget to connect the shield of the shielding wire with the ground of the JW30H. PC Input Common Ground 3. AC input module: JW-201N/203N, JW-211NA Do not use the outputs from a constant voltage transformer and an AC regulator, for the AC power supply to the AC input module. When the constant voltage transformer and the AC regulator are used, the module signal could be turned ON even with an input voltage less than the rate voltage due to a high distortion rate (10 to 50%) of alternative current waves. The power supply to the AC input module should have a distortion rate of less than 5%. PC Switch AC input Constant voltage transformer Input Common 6-7 4. Wiring with power line Do not run the input signal, output signal and communication cables of the JW30H near and in parallel with the power line. • When input and output signal cables are extended over 100 m, make separate wiring for the input signal and the output signal of JW30H. Input Output PC Separate wiring Input Output When longer than 100m • Make separate wiring for the input signal and the output signal of the JW30H from the power line. Particularly with the power line for the inverter and the servo driver, do not place signal wires inside the same duct or pipe with the power line, even if they are less than 100 m. In the same duct PC Inverter PC Inverter In separate duct 6-8 Wiring for power supply module In order to prevent wire wastes from dropping into the module through a ventilation hole of the module during the wiring work, keep the caution label stuck onto the upper side of the module. Peel the caution label off of the module when all wiring work is finished. Fit a cover on the terminal block at delivery. Take off a cover on the power terminal block when wiring, and put the cover back on the terminal block when wiring work is finished. For wiring, use a twised wire of over KIV1.25 square and crimp-style terminals. - Power supply terminal block dimension (mm) - Crimp-style terminal dimensions Crimp-style terminals (our recommendation: Made by JAPAN SOLDERLESS TERMINAL MFG. CO., LTD) Dimensions (mm) M3.5 Self-locking up screw B d2 6-2 B<8 d2>4 14.5 Models 1.25-YS4A 2-YS4A V1.25-YS4A V2-YS4A 8.1 Fasten the screw on the terminal block with a torque of less than 1.18 N-m. Notes • Wiring of halt output on the power supply module that is mounted on the expansion rack panel is not necessary. Only the halt output on the power supply module that is mounted on the basic rack panel should be connected to an external operation ready circuit. • In the case where the power supply module is installed on the expansion rack panel for operating the JW30H, use one power supply system for both power supply module on the basic rack panel and the expansion rack panel. If each power supply is wired from a different system, the JW30H does not run when either one is switched OFF. 6-9 [Wiring figure] 1 JW-21PU/31PU (AC power supply module) POWER RUN JW-21PU : 85 to 264 VAC JW-31PU : 85 to 132 VAC Use an insulation transformer to reduce noise on the power supply line. Halt output Be sure to connect the line to the emergency stop circuit. Ground line To prevent electric shock and noise error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 ground. • Connect the power supply input of JW-21PU/31PU while paying attention to the L terminal (LIVE: ungrounded side) and N terminal (NEUTRAL: grounded side). 2 JW-22PU (DC power supply module) ＋ DC power supply (20.4 to 32V) POWER RUN − Halt output Be sure to cennect the line to the emergency stop circuit. Ground line To prevent electric shock and noise error, be sure to separately prepare class-3 ground. • Ensure correct connection for polarity of the input power supply. Mis-connection of the polarity will destroy the module when power is supplied. • As for DC input power supply, use power supply of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit: 20.4 V or more). 6-10 3 JW-33PU (AC power supply module) JW-33PU Noise filter POWER RUN 85 to 264VAC Install a noise filter to prevent from entering noise on the power supply lines and noise from the power supply module. L POWER INPUT 100∼240VAC N External ground Halt output Be sure to connect the terminals to the emergency stop circuit. GND HALT OUTPUT 100∼240VAC (24VAC) 1A Ground - To prevent electric shock and malfunctions due noise, be sure to establish a separate class-3 ground. - If you cannot make a separate ground, connect the ground terminal directly to the intermediate panel (chasis). Connect the power supply input to the JW-33PU terminal. Pay special attention to the L terminal (LIVE : ungrounded side) and the N terminal (NEUTRAL : grounded side). 6-11 6-3 Wiring for I/O module Before wiring to the I/O module confirm the specifications of the module. If the module is used under the conditions beyond its rated specifications, the module might be damaged, destroyed or cause fire. Wiring to the I/O module, use a twisted wire of over KIV 0.5 square (over KIV 0.75 square in case of wiring to the output module of large capacity, such as solenoid valves) and crimp-style terminals. For the common line, use bigger wires than the above. In order to prevent wire wastes from dropping into the module through a ventilation hole of the module during the wiring work, keep the caution label stuck onto the upper side of the module. Peel the caution label off of the module. - Crimp-style terminal dimensions M3.5 Self-locking up screw Dimensions (mm) B d2 - Terminal block dimension (mm) Crimp-style terminals (our recommendation: Made by JAPAN SOLDERLESS TERMINAL MFG. CO., LTD) B<7.2 d2>4 13.3 （9.5） Models 1.25-YS4A 2-YS4A V1.25-YS4A V2-YS4A 7.2 (Dimension in parentheses two layer terminal blocks) Do not include the I/O lines in the same pipe or duct as high-voltage lines and power lines. It might cause malfunction or damage to the module. Avoid wiring over the operation indicator (LED indication port) of the module. [1] Terminal block type of 8/16 points Open the terminal cover of the module when wiring. Ensure correct connection for polarity of the input power supply. Mis-connection of the polarity will destroy the module when power is supplied. Fasten the screws on the terminal block with a torque of less than 1.18 N-m. After the wiring work, close the terminal cover and install a module cover: JW-20CV (optional), wherever possible. (See page 5-8) 6-12 [2] Connector type of 32/64 points (1) Assembly of the connector Note that the terminal numbers of the connector are not identical with address numbers. 1 Insert insulation tube into signal line. 2 Solder signal line to connector terminal. Confirm the connector terminal and its address number, before soldering. 3 Assemble connector. Assembly parts (screws, washers and nuts) are attached to the connector. Soldering Insert a tube Jack 2N 2N 2M×8 2M×10 Washer 2M×10 2N 2M×8 Cover Use the following recommended cable for the signal line. Recommended cable: Multiple vinyl insulation vinyl sheath cable 18P × 0.18 57VV-SB (made by FUJIKURA LTD.) (2) Connection with the module Use a slot screwdriver Ensure correct connection for polarity of the input power supply. Mis-connection of the polarity will destroy the module when the power is supplied. Attached connector of 32/64 points I/O module is soldering type, and available for connector of pressure welding/crimp-style. Recommended Wiring Model name Manufacturer Remarks wiring size Recommended Flat cable 1.27 mm pitch our crimp-style Pressure FCN-367J040-AU/F AWG28 (twisted wire) of tool made welding (Connector) AWG30 (single wire) by FUJITSU CO., LTD.*1 FCN-360C040-B Recommended (Connector cover) our crimp-style FUJITSU CO., AWG24 to AWG28 FCN-363J040 tool made by Crimp-style LTD Strip outer of cable is (Housing) Ø1.2 or less FUJITSU CO., FCN-363J-AU LTD.*2 (Contact) FCN-360C040-B (Connector cover) AWG23 to 26 Accessories Soldering FCN-361J040-AU (0.26 to 0.12 mm2) (Connector) *1 Hand press: FCN-707T-T101/H Cable cutter: FCN-707T-T001/H Locator plate: FCN-367T-T012/H *2 Manual crimp tool: FCN-363T-T005/H 6-13 6-4 [1] Wiring for basic/expansion rack panel Installation of I/O expansion cable (1) Install basic/expansion rack panel in direct Connects between the basic rack panel and the expansion rack panel, or between the expansion rack panel and another expansion rack panel using following cables. (Max. 4 racks can be connected) Remarks Model name Cable length JW-203EC 30 cm With 5 VDC cable (30 cm) JW-207EC 70 cm With 5 VDC cable (70 cm) JW-22EC 2m With 5 VDC cable (2 m) and a short connector JW-25EC 5m JW-210EC 10 m With short connector, Without 5 VDC cable When connecting the I/O expansion cable, take care with the IN and OUT parts of each rack panel as follows. Mis-connection indicates “I/O table verify error 60(H)” or “I/O table registration error 70(H)” and the JW30H cannot start operation. IN OUT IN OUT When using the JW-22EC/25EC/210EC with the I/O expansion cable, be sure to install a short connector (for termination resistance) in OUT side of the final expansion rack panel. Otherwise, an error may occur. When using only JW-203EC/207EC, installation of short connector is unnecessary. - Separate sale of only the short-circuit connector (QCNCW5252NCZZ) is also available. Short connector Allowable total length of the I/O expansion cable is 14 m max. When connecting the I/O expansion cable with each rack panel, be careful of its installation position and direction, and fix firmly using lock lever. Fitting position of I/O expansion cable Fitting direction of I/O expansion cable I/O expansion cable OUT side connector (black) I/O expansion connector (black, OUT) I/O expansion cable IN side connector (brown) I/O expansion connector (brown, IN) I/O expansion cable Lock lever I/O expansion cable OUT side connector (black) I/O expansion connector (black, OUT) Note 1: When using the JW-25EC, JW-210EC as an I/O expansion cable, fix the shield line of the I/O expansion cable at fixing rack panel. 6-14 (2) When installing in an I/O bus expansion adapter Connect an I/O bus expansion adapter, JW-31EA (mounted on a basic rack panel), to a JW-32EA (installed in an expansion rack panel), or between two JW-32EAs using one of the following cable assemblies. (Max. 8 racks can be connected). Remarks Model name Cable length JW-05EC 50 cm JW-1EC 1m JW-3EC 3m JW-10EC 10 m JW-20EC 20 m JW-30EC 30 m JW-50EC 50 m With 5 VDC cable (50 cm) With 5 VDC cable (1 m) No accessories When an I/O expansion cable is connected, do it correctly as shown in the figure below while being careful of the IN and OUT connection of the I/O bus expansion adapter. If IN and OUT are inversely connected, the JW30H will not start operation and become either “I/O table verify error 60(H)” or “I/ O table registration error 70(H)” status. JW-32EA Insert a termination connector in the expansion connector (OUT) of the last JW-32EA. JW-32EA I/O expansion connector (IN) I/O expansion cable (can be connected to either IN or OUT) I/O expansion connector (OUT) I/O expansion connector (IN) JW-31EA I/O expansion connector (OUT) The total length of cables must be no more than 50 meters. Put the each end of the shield lead wire of the I/O expansion cable in between the module fixing screw and the I/O bus expansion adapter, and then tighten the screws. I/O expansion cable insertion direction Shield lead wire Shield lead wire 6-15 [2] Wiring for 5 VDC cable, process of panel wiring Be sure to supply 5 VDC to the expansion rack panel without power supply module, through the 5 VDC terminal block of the basic/expansion rack panel with power supply module. Without a supply of 5 VDC power supply, the I/O module cannot run. - Be careful not to mistake polarity in connection of basic/expansion rack panel into the 5 VDC terminal block. Mis-connections might damage the module or cause fire. - Do not use a 5 VDC cable for connection between rack panels that are used to install power supply modules. Connect these may cause malfunction. - For wiring to the 5 VDC terminal block, use crimp-style terminals. - In order to prevent wire wastes from dropping into the module through a ventilation hole of the module during the wiring work, keep the caution label stuck onto the upper side of the module. Peel the caution label off of the module. - Fasten the screw on the terminal block with a torque of less than 1.18 N-m. (1) Wiring processing example of four rack systems Wiring duct When using the JW-22EC /25EC/210EC with the I/O expansion cable, be sure to install a short connector (for termination resistance, attached to I/O expansion cable.) Otherwise, an error may occur. When using only JW-203EC /207EC, installation of short connector is unnecessary. Wiring duct I/O expansion cable 5 VDC cable Wiring duct AC/DC power supply Halt output Wiring duct Class-3 grounding Connect AC/DC power supply to the power supply module from the same power. Do not place the I/O expansion cable and the 5 VDC cable in the same duct or pipe as the I/O lines and the power lines of the JW30H. 6-16 (2) Wiring processing example of eight rack systems Wiring duct Wiring duct 5 VDC cable Wiring duct AC/DC power supply Termination connector Halt output Wiring duct Class-3 grounding 6-17 Chapter 7. Directions for use 7-1 Current consumption of module Each module in the JW30H operates by 5 VDC output current supplied by the power supply module: JW-21PU/22PU/31PU/33PU. The make up the system configuration plan is such that the total current consumption of each module does not exceed the current capacity of the power supply module. When the total current consumption of each module exceeds the supply capacity, the JW30H stops operation by the current limit function of the power supply module. The current consumption in each module can be found using the following two methods: 1. Total numbers of a current consumption indication marks which are shown on stickers next to model indication label in each module. 2. Calculate the total current consumption. • Output current of 5 VDC power supply Model name Output voltage Output current JW-21PU JW-22PU JW-31PU 3.5 A 5 VDC JW-33PU 4.5 A (1) Current consumption of each module 1 Control module Model name Current consumption: mA JW-31CUH (Control module) 500 JW-32CUH (Control module) 500 JW-33CUH (Control module) 500 JW-31CUH1 (Control module) 650 JW-32CUH1 (Control module) 650 JW-33CUH1(Control module) 650 JW-33CUH2 (Control module) 650 JW-33CUH3 (Control module) 650 No. of current consumption mark ------ 2 Support tools Model name Current consumption: mA JW-14PG (Hand-held programmer) 200 JW-13PG (Hand-held programmer) 200 JW-12PG (Hand-held programmer) 200 JW-2PG (Hand-held programmer) 200 No. of current consumption mark ------ 3 I/O bus expansion adapter Model name Current consumption: mA JW-31EA (I/O bus expansion adapter) 600 JW-32EA (I/O bus expansion adapter) 450 7-1 No. of current consumption mark ------ 4 Input/output ／ special I/O ／ I/O link ／ option module Current consumption : mA (when all points ON) No. of current consumption mark JW-201N (100/120 VAC input) 40 1 JW-202N (12/24 VAC input) 40 1 Model name I/O JW-203N (200/240 VAC input) 40 1 JW-211N (100/120 VAC input) 60 1 JW-211NA (100/120 VAC input) 60 1 JW-212N (12/24 VDC input) 60 1 JW-212NA (100/120 VAC input) 60 1 JW-214N (12/24 VDC input) 60 1 JW-214NA (12/24 VDC input) 60 1 JW-234N (12/24 VDC input) 80 1 JW-202S (5/12/24 VDC output) 190 2 JW-203S (100/240 VAC output) 130 2 JW-204S (Relay output) 380 4 JW-212S (5/12/24 VDC output) 60 1 JW-212SA (5/12/24 VDC output) 60 1 JW-213S (100/240 VAC output) 260 3 JW-213SA (100/240 VAC output) 260 3 JW-214S (Relay output) 550 5 JW-214SA (Relay output) 550 5 JW-232S (5/12/24 VDC output) 320 3 JW-232M (12/24 VDC input, 5/12/24 VDC output) 200 2 JW-264N (24 VDC input) 60 1 JW-262S (5/12/24 VDC output) 300 3 JW-21HC (High speed counter) 120 2 JW-22HC (High speed counter) 100 1 90 1 Special JW-24AD (Analog input) I/O JW-22DA (Analog output) 75 1 JW-21DU (ID control module) 400 4 JW-22DU (ID control module) 400 4 JW-21SU (Serial interface module) 170 2 JW-21PS (Pulse output module) 150 2 120 2 JW-21CM (Link module) 125 2 JW-22CM (Network module) 360 4 JW-21MN (ME-NET module) 360 4 JW-25CM (JW/O link module) 130 2 JW-255CM (Ethernet module) 370 4 350 4 200 2 140 2 I/O link JW-23LMH (I/O link master module) Option JW-20FL5 (FL-net module) JW-20FLT (FL-net module) JW-20DN (DeviceNet master module) JW-21RS (remote I/O slave station) 7-2 (2) Calculation of current consumption (by current consumption mark). Add up the total numbers of the current consumption mark on strickers next to the model name label. One mark of current consumption means approx.100 mA. Constitute a system in order to follow the below conditions: Count the current consumption marks of each module which is supplied power, and the total number of the mark should not exceed 35. The example below is calculated on the conditions that 7 control modules, 2 support tools, 6 I/O bus expansion adapters JW-31EA, and 5 JW-32EA are used. [Example] Calculation of the total current consumption in the system configiration below: Control module : JW-33CUH1 Hand-held programmer : JW-14PG 100/120 VAC input module : JW-201N : JW-211NA 100/240 VAC output module : JW-203S : JW-212SA 8 sets 8 sets 8 sets 8 sets No. of marks JW-33CUH1 ··············· 9 JW-14PG JW-201N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8 JW-211NA · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8 JW-203S · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16 JW-212SA · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 8 Total 49 The number of total current consumption marks is 49 in the above system configuration, and another power supply module is required in the expansion rack panel. (3) Calculation of current consumption (by calculating current consumption) As the calculation example, calculate current consumption taking the system configuration in the example of (2). JW-33CUH1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 0.65A JW-14PG · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 0.2A JW-201N · · · · · · · · 0.04 × 8 = 0.32A JW-211NA · · · · · · · 0.06 × 8 = 0.48A JW-203S · · · · · · · · 0.13 × 8 = 1.04A JW-212SA · · · · · · · 0.06 × 8 = 0.48A Total 3.17A The total current consumption is 3.17 A, and another power supply module is not required in the expansion rack panel. As indicated above, the total current consumption calculation method requires no more power supply module, but the current consumption mark method requires another power supply module. Therefore, get total current consumption using calculation method for determine system configuration. The mark counting method gives only a rough estimate. 7-3 7-2 [1] Allocation of the relay number Relay numbers of input, output, special, and option module are assigned by automatic registration when the power source is turned ON (protect switch: OFF), or by I/O registration (automatic registration/ table creation) of the support tool (corresponding to JW30H). As the assignment, relay points are registered in the control module of JW30H, by the type of the mounting module, in every rack and slot number of the basic and expansion rack panel. When the protect switch of the control module is OFF and the system memory #247 = 0, the relay numbers are assigned automatically when the power source is turned ON. After automatic registration, prohibit automatic registration during operation by turning ON the protect switch or writing #247 = 03HEX. The registered relay number is verified by self-diagnosis when changing the mode of JW30H (starting operation from stopped state). As a result of verification, if different from the mounted module, the fault lamp of the control module lights, and the JW30H stops operation. At the same time, the error code 60 (table verify error) is stored in the system memory #160. Kinds of I/O registration I/O registration of JW30H have “Auto registration” and “Table creation.” (1) Auto registration Top addresses of rack numbers 0 to 7 are set automatically in the continuous address from ｺ0000. Rack No. 3 Rack No. 7 Rack No. 2 Rack No. 6 Rack No. 1 Rack No. 5 ｺ0000 Rack No. 0 Rack No. 4 • Max. number of I/O points and I/O relay area. Control module Max. No. of I/O points I/O relay area JW-31CUH1 512 points ｺ0000 to ｺ0177 JW-32CUH1 1024 points ｺ0000 to ｺ0277 JW-33CUH1/2/3 3072 points *Note 1 ｺ0000 to ｺ0377 *Note 1:When 32 stations each of the 32-point module and the 64-point module (special I/O module) are mounted, the max. number of I/O points will be 3072. (32 points x 32 sets + 64 points x 32 sets = 3072 points) However, the relay area for 64-point module uses relay which are for a special I/O module, and occupies 16 points per module. Therefore, the number of occupied I/O relay points in this case is 1536. (32 points x 32 sets + 16 points x 32 sets = 1536 points) [See “Module installation examples” on page 7-7.] 7-4 Note 2: The I/O mounted on the remote I/O slave station JW-21RS is not registered automatically. When the master station is JW-21CM and the slave station is JW-21RS, the I/O registration of slave station is registered in the parameter of JW-21CM. (2) Table creation In the expansion rack panel (rack numbers 1 to 7), the top address of relay number is set in even address (within area of ｺ0000 to ｺ1577). Setting the top address Setting the top address Rack No. 3 Rack No. 7 Setting the top address Rack No. 2 Setting the top address Rack No. 6 Setting the top address Setting the top address Rack No. 1 Rack No. 5 Setting the top address Fixing ｺ0000 for the top address of rack No.0 ｺ0000 Rack No. 0 Rack No. 4 • Don't allow duplicate numbers in the relay number of previous rack and relay number of next rack. • Max. number of I/O points and I/O relay area. Control module Max. No. of I/O points JW-31CUH1 512 points JW-32CUH1 1024 points JW-33CUH1/2/3 I/O relay area ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 3072 points *Note *Note 1:When 32 stations each of the 32-point module and the 64-point module (special I/O module) are mounted, the max. number of I/O points will be 3072. (32 points x 32 sets + 64 points x 32 sets = 3072 points) However, the relay area for 64-point module uses relay which are for a special I/O module, and occupies 16 points per module. Therefore, the number of occupied I/O relay points in this case is 1536. (32 points x 32 sets + 16 points x 32 sets = 1536 points) [See “Module installation examples” on page 7-7.] 7-5 [2] I/O relays allocated to each module Relay numbers in each rack penel are automatically allocated in series following each rack top address set by I/O register. Number of points and contents of relays allcated varies with kinds of module. Allocation No. of points Contents of allocated relay No. 8 points input/output 16 Instead of 8 points, 16 points are assigned. • The first half 8 points is acceptable for input/output and the second half 8 points is unacceptable area for this module. 16 points input/output 16 Acceptable for 16 points as I/O module. 32 points input/output ／ I/O 32 Acceptable for 32 points as input, output, and I/O module. 16 Although 16 points are assigned, this is a dummy area not used in this module. • In the 64 points I/O module, the relay area for special I/O module can be used as I/O module. 16 Although 16 points are assigned, this is a dummy area not used in this module. 16 Allocation for 16 points. Kinds of module Special I/O (64 points input/output) Special I/O (except for 64 points) I/O link master station Option Vacant slot [3] Maximum number of input/output points and allocation of input/output relays Each control module has own maximum number of control input/output points. However, number of relay points that affect maximum number of control input/output points varies with each model. Be careful that these are different from number of relay allocation points. ■ Maximum number of control input/output points I/O relay area Maximum Maximum number Control module number of of I/O relay Automatic model name Create table control I/O points allocation points registration ｺ 000 to ｺ 0237 JW-31CUH1 512 points 1280 points JW-32CUH1 1024 points 1536 points JW-33CUH1/2/3 3072 points 2048 points ｺ 000 to ｺ 0237 ｺ 000 to ｺ 0237 ｺ ｺ 0000 to 1577 ■ Number of relay points and number of installable modules on each module Number of relay Number of Maximum points that affect allocation number of Racks that Module type maximum number points of I/O installed can install of control I/O points relays modules 8 point input/output modules 16 points 16 points 64 modules Rack 0 to 7 16 point input/output modules 16 points 16 points 64 modules Rack 0 to 7 32 point input/output/ I/O modules 32 points 32 points 64 modules Rack 0 to 7 Special 64 point input/outut I/O Other than 64 point module input/output 64 points* 16 points 0 16 points I/O link master module 0 16 points 4 modules Rack 0 Option module 0 16 points 7 modules Rack 0 Vacant slot 0 16 points --- Rack 0 to 7 32 modules Rack 0 to 3 * The 64-point input/output module uses special I/O relay area (ｺ3000 to ｺ3777) for its control relay. 7-6 ■ Module installation examples Maximum number of modules installed Number modules can be installed other 8-point, 16Special I/O than the left 32-point point module (64input/output/ (including input/output point vacant slots) I/O modules modules input/output) Numbers in [ ] are special I/O modules Control module model name JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 Number of control I/O points Number of I/O relay allocation points 32 modules 0 0 32 modules [32 modules] 512 points 1024 points (16 points x 32) (16 p x 32 + 16 p x 32) 0 16 modules 0 48 modules [32 modules] 512 points 1280 points (32 points x 16) (32 p x 16 + 16 p x 48) 0 0 8 modules 56 modules [24 modules] 512 points 1024 points (64 points x 8) (16 p x 8 + 16 p x 56) 64 modules 0 0 0 1024 points 1024 points (16 points x 64) (16 p x 64) 1024 points 1536 points (32 points x 32) (32 p x 32 + 16 p x 32) 1024 points 1024 points (64 points x 16) (16 p x 16 + 16 p x 48) 1024 points 1024 points 0 32 modules 0 32 modules [0] 0 0 16 modules 48 modules [16 modules] 64 modules 0 0 0 0 64 modules 0 0 0 0 32 modules 32 modules [0] 0 32 modules 32 modules 0 (16 points x 64) (16 p x 64) 2048 points 2048 points (32 points x 64) (32 p x 64) 2048 points 1024 points (64 points x 32) (16 p x 32 + 16 p x 32) 3072 points 1563 points (32 p x 32 +64 p x 32) (32 p x 32 + 16 p x 32) Numbers above are true when one JW-38KB basic rack panel (8 slots) and 7 sets of JW-38ZB expansion rack panels (8 slots) are used. (Total = 8 slots x 8 racks= 64 modules) [4] Operation method of I/O module registration using support tool. Using next support tool (correspond to JW30H), I/O module registration is possible by menu operation. See instruction manual of respective model for operation method. [Support tool correspond to the JW30H] • JW-14PG • JW-13PG (with B mark) • JW-50PG (Ver. 5.5 or more) • JW-100SP • JW-50SP (Ver. 5.5I or more) • JW-92SP (Ver. 5.5 or more) • JW-52SP (Ver. 5.5 or more) 7-7 [5] Allocation example of relay no. (1) Example of auto registration This is to show the relay numbers in the following system configuration. 02000 02020 02040 02060 02100 02140 02160 02200 Rack No.1 02017 02037 02057 02077 02137 02157 02177 02217 16 points input module 16 points output module 8 points input module 8 points output module Special module Vacant slot Special (64 points output) module 32 points input module 00000 00020 00040 00060 00100 00140 00160 00200 Rack No.0 Power supply Control module module 00017 00037 00057 00077 00137 00157 00177 00217 16 points input module 16 points output module 8 points input module 8 points output module Special／I/O link／Option module Vacant slot Special (64 points output) module 32 points input module (2) Example of table creation This is to show the relay numbers when the top address of rack number 1 is set at ｺ0200 in the following system configuration. 02000 02020 02040 02060 02100 02140 02160 02200 Rack No.1 02017 02037 02057 02077 02137 02157 02177 02217 16 points input module 16 points output module 8 points input module 8 points output module Special module Vacant slot Special (64 points output) module 32 points input module 00000 00020 00040 00060 00100 00140 00160 00200 Rack No.0 Power supply Control module module 00017 00037 00057 00077 00137 00157 00177 00217 16 points input module 16 points output module 8 points input module 8 points output module Special／I/O link／Option module Vacant slot Special (64 points output) module 32 points input module 7-8 Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, and option module Special I/O module Data memory for special I/O, I/O link, option module is set by module No. switch of module face as follows: Module name Model name 64 points input JW-264N 64 points output JW-262S Analog input JW-24AD Analog output JW-22DA High speed counter JW-21HC/22HC Serial interface JW-21SU ID control JW-21DU/22DU Pulse output JW-21PS Module No. switch I/O link I/O link master station SW1 JW-23LMH SW2 SW3 SW0 SW1 SW2 Link SW3 JW-21CM SW4 SW5 SW6 SW0 SW1 JW10 link Byte address Flag area Refer to the next page SW0 Option module 7-3 ｺ 2000 to ｺ 2100 to ｺ 2200 to ｺ 2300 to ｺ 1000 to ｺ 1100 to ｺ 1200 to ｺ 1300 to ｺ 1400 to ｺ2077 ｺ2177 ｺ2277 ｺ2377 ｺ1077 ｺ1177 ｺ1277 ｺ1377 ｺ1477 89000 to 89077 ——— ｺ 1000 to ｺ1477 ｺ 1300 to ｺ1477 SW2 59000 to 69757 SW3 69000 to 79757 JW-25CM SW4 79000 to 89575 SW5 89000 to 99757 SW6 ｺ 2000 to ｺ 3757 ｺ1570, ｺ1571 ｺ1572, ｺ1573 ｺ1574, ｺ1575 ｺ1576, ｺ1577 ｺ1500 to ｺ 1507 ｺ1510 to ｺ 1517 ｺ1520 to ｺ 1527 ｺ1530 to ｺ 1537 ｺ1540 to ｺ 1547 ｺ1550 to ｺ 1557 ｺ1560 to ｺ 1567 ｺ1500 to ｺ 1502 ｺ1510 to ｺ 1511 ｺ1520 to ｺ 1527 ｺ1530 to ｺ 1537 ｺ1540 to ｺ 1547 ｺ1550 to ｺ 1557 ｺ1560 to ｺ 1567 Net work JW-22CM ME-NET JW-21MN Ethernet JW-255CM --- JW-20FL5 Assign option parameter use area (SW0 to SW6) using module No. switch setting. FL-net DeviceNet master JW-20FLT JW-20DN No. of installation Max. 32 sets in one system (one control module). Note: Further 8 sets can be extended by using remote I/O slave station. Max. 4 sets only on basic rack panel. Max. 7 sets only on basic rack panel. The area set by module No. switch differs the standard function from memory-saving function. Assign I/O data, diagnostic data, and host Explicit message data using module No. switch setting. Note: Special I/O module can only be mounted on racks 0 to 3. (It can not be mounted on racks 4 to 7.) When using the 64 points I/O module, the number of mountable sets varies with the model of the control module. Model name Total amount of 64 points module Max. No. of I/O points JW-31CUH1 Max. 8 sets 512 points JW-32CUH1 Max. 16 sets 1024 points JW-33CUH1/2/3 Max. 32 sets 3072 points 7-9 ■ Data memory for special I/O module (1) In case of basic system Data memory is setting by module No. switch in each rack. Max.8 sets Rack No.3 JW-38ZB Setting value of module No.switch Max.8 sets Rack 3 Rack No.2 JW-38ZB Max.8 sets Rack No.1 JW-38ZB Max.8 sets Rack 2 Rack No.0 JW-28KB/38KB ・Do not use the second half 8 bytes of byte address for JW-264N/262S （For example, ｺ3610 to ｺ3617） in 64 points input/output. This area can use as auxiliary relay. Rack 1 ・Do not use paramater for JW-264N/262S, and JW-21DU/22DU. Rack 0 7-10 Byte address Parameter area ０ ｺ3600 to ｺ3617 T-30（000 to 177） １ ｺ3620 to ｺ3637 T-31（000 to 177） ２ ｺ3640 to ｺ3657 T-32（000 to 177） ３ ｺ3660 to ｺ3677 T-33（000 to 177） ４ ｺ3700 to ｺ3717 T-34（000 to 177） ５ ｺ3720 to ｺ3737 T-35（000 to 177） ６ ｺ3740 to ｺ3757 T-36（000 to 177） ７ ｺ3760 to ｺ3777 T-37（000 to 177） ０ ｺ3400 to ｺ3417 T-20（000 to 177） １ ｺ3420 to ｺ3437 T-21（000 to 177） ２ ｺ3440 to ｺ3457 T-22（000 to 177） ３ ｺ3460 to ｺ3477 T-23（000 to 177） ４ ｺ3500 to ｺ3517 T-24（000 to 177） ５ ｺ3520 to ｺ3537 T-25（000 to 177） ６ ｺ3540 to ｺ3557 T-26（000 to 177） ７ ｺ3560 to ｺ3577 T-27（000 to 177） ０ ｺ3200 to ｺ3217 T-10（000 to 177） １ ｺ3220 to ｺ3237 T-11（000 to 177） ２ ｺ3240 to ｺ3257 T-12（000 to 177） ３ ｺ3260 to ｺ3277 T-13（000 to 177） ４ ｺ3300 to ｺ3317 T-14（000 to 177） ５ ｺ3320 to ｺ3337 T-15（000 to 177） ６ ｺ3340 to ｺ3357 T-16（000 to 177） ７ ｺ3360 to ｺ3377 T-17（000 to 177） ０ ｺ3000 to ｺ3017 T-00（000 to 177） １ ｺ3020 to ｺ3037 T-01（000 to 177） ２ ｺ3040 to ｺ3057 T-02（000 to 177） ３ ｺ3060 to ｺ3077 T-03（000 to 177） ４ ｺ3100 to ｺ3117 T-04（000 to 177） ５ ｺ3120 to ｺ3137 T-05（000 to 177） ６ ｺ3140 to ｺ3157 T-06（000 to 177） ７ ｺ3160 to ｺ3177 T-07（000 to 177） (2) In case of basic system plus remote I/O system Up to 8 sets are set in the remote I/O slave station by module No. switch. Max.8 sets Setting value of module No.switch Rack No.3 JW-38ZB Max.8 sets Rack No.2 JW-38ZB Max.8 sets Byte address Parameter area ０ ｺ4000 to ｺ4017 T-40（000 to 177） １ ｺ4020 to ｺ4037 T-41（000 to 177） ２ ｺ4040 to ｺ4057 T-42（000 to 177） ３ ｺ4060 to ｺ4077 T-43（000 to 177） ４ ｺ4100 to ｺ4117 T-44（000 to 177） ５ ｺ4120 to ｺ4137 T-45（000 to 177） ６ ｺ4140 to ｺ4157 T-46（000 to 177） ７ ｺ4160 to ｺ4177 T-47（000 to 177） Rack No.1 JW-38ZB JW-21CM Max.7 sets JW-21RS Rack No.0 JW-28KB/38KB Max.8 sets JW-28KB/ 38KB • The data memory/parameter area of racks 0 to 3 is same as in the basic system (previous page). • When the JW-21CM is the master station, up to 4 sets of JW-21RS can be connected, but special I/O module can be connected by 8 sets at maximum in the total of slave station, and if the slave station are different, duplicate module No. switches are not permitted. • When others than JW-21CM are master station and JW-21RS is a slave station, special I/O module cannot be installed in the slave station. • The serial interface module JW-21SU cannot be used in the remote I/O slave station. Meanwhile, if the ID control module JW-21DU/22DU or pulse output module JW-21PS is used in the remote I/O slave station, the method of use is limited partly. (The F-85 and F-86 instructions cannot be used.) 7-11 7-4 [1] Precautions for operating I/O module Precautions for operating input module (1) ON/OFF time of the input signal In order to ensure ON/OFF condition of the input device correctly (limit switch etc.) on the operation of the JW30H, ON or OFF time should meet the following conditions. ON time of the input device (TON) OFF time of the input device (TOFF) Ton > ∆t + ton Toff > ∆t + toff ∆t · · · · One scanning time of PC t on · · · · · OFF to ON response time of the input module t off · · · · · ON to OFF response time of the input module Ton TOFF Contact point of the input device ton toff Logic side of the input module Δt min. Δt min. In the input/output process at the beginning of each scanning cycle, ON/OFF state of the logic side of the input module is written in the data memory and used as input data for operation of the user's program within its scanning cycle. Therefore, if ON or OFF time of the logic side of the input module is less than 1 scanning time (∆t), ON/OFF data may not be included in the data memory. Note: The response time of the input module is made by the electricity charge/discharge characteristics of the integral circuit of the input module, and it varies depending on the time of duration of ON or OFF. Contact point of the input device 100% charge Upper limit value of the logic side Electricity charge/discharge characteristics of the integral circuit toff Logic side of the input module ton toff toff shows the difference, shown in the above, between the case when the ON time of the contact point of the input device is longer as shown by dotted lines and the case when the ON time is shorter as shown by solid line. (Calculation example in case the JW-214N is used as an input module) If 1 scanning time is 5ms, Ton > ∆t + ton = 5 + 0.5 = 5.5 (ms) Toff > ∆t + toff = 5 + 1.5 = 6.5 (ms) 7-12 (2) Connectable input device The followings are sensors and switches which can be connected as input. See below for selection and connection of the input device. • DC input device 1 2 DC 2-lines system NPN open-collector output type DC input module + IN Sensor power supply IN Ourput Power switch main circuit DC input module COM COM 0V 3 4 NPN current output type + Constant current circuit PNP current output type DC input module + Sensor power supply IN Output Output COM DC input module Sensor power supply 0V IN COM 0V 5 Contact point output type DC input module IN COM • AC input device 6 7 Contact point output type AC open/close type AC input module IN IN ~ AC input module Proximity switch main circuit COM COM ~ In cases of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, use a transister having current driving capacity lager than that of the constant input current of the DC input module. In cases of 1 and 7, pay attention to leakage current at OFF. (When leakage current is higher than the OFF input current level of the input module, the proximity switch may not turn OFF.) Be careful that voltage output type DC inout device shown in the right may not be connected. (Driving capacity of an output transistor should be higher than the ON level of the input module). Voltage output type Positive side of power line Output 0V 7-13 (3) Countermeasure leakage current on input device In the following device, there is also leakage current at OFF. If the leakage current is higher than the OFF level of the input module, the input module may not turn OFF, or noise margin at OFF state may drop. Reference 1 Limit switch with LED Calculation of leakage current iL Input module IN RS VF Rin Leakage current V iL COM iL= V – VF Rs + Rin V: VF: RS: Rin: Power supply voltage Voltage drop in the forward direction of LED Current limit resistance Input impedance of input module 2 Limit switch with neon lamp (the neon lamp is connected in parallel with the contact point.) Input module IN Rin Leakage current V iL COM 3 Proximity and photo switches of AC two lines system In the AC two lines system, even at OFF there is leakage current from current consumption of the internal circuit, and this might prevent the input module from falling in the OFF state. This is nominated as “leakage current” in the specifications of photo switches etc. Make sure that this value is less than the OFF level of the input module. Input module Internal circuit IN Leakage current Rin COM 4 Built-in triac, thyrister and contact point output of surge killers Some device has CR device as a surge killer for the purpose of avoiding the check mistakes of triac and thyrister, and the leakage current of this CR may prevent the input module from falling in the OFF state. In such a case, the best remedy is to remove the CR. If this is not possible, use the C value of the CR of less than 0.033 µF for 100 VAC; and that of less than 0.015 µF, for 200 VAC. Reference Input module Surge killer IN R C Leakage current Calculation of leakage current iL Rin iL= V V: f: C: COM 7-14 V 2π fc Power supply voltage Power frequency (50/60Hz) Capacitor Countermeasure: Connection of bleeder resistance As a countermeasure, a bleeder resistance can be inserted in the input side of the input module as shown below. Input module IN Input power supply Input device with leakage current Bleeder resistance R Rin iL COM Choose the bleeder resistance value R to meet the following conditions: Rin×R iL＝ Rin＋R ＜Vin OFF Composite impedance of the bleeder resistance and the input impedance Vin OFF×Rin ×0.5 Rin×iL−Vin OFF Margin iL: Vin OFF: Rin: V: In this case, the rating electric power W is, R＜ W＞ [Example] Current leakage of the input device Input of the input module OFF level voltage Input impedance of the input module Input power supply voltage V2 ×３ R Margin In case that the JW-212N is used as an input module at the input power supply voltage of 24 V, and that the leakage current of the input device is 5 mA, iL = 5 mA Vin OFF = 5 V Rin = 3.3 k ohm V = 24 V R＜ ５×3.3 3.3×５-５ ×0.5＝0.78k ohm If R is 0.78 k ohm, 242 W＞ ×３＝2.22 W 0.78×103 W will be 2.3 W. 7-15 (4) Notes for long-distance wiring and by-pass wiring In the AC input module, when the cables to external device are very long or wiring along with power lines is made, the input module might be turned ON in spite of the OFF command in the input device, due to leakage current and inducement by floating capacity among cables. Input module IN COM Power line, etc. Countermeasure 1: Connect a bleeder resistance and a CR surge killer in parallel with the input module to reduce the composite impedance of the input module. Input module The smaller the R value, the more effective. However, when R becomes small, power 2 consumption ( V ) increases. Therefore, note the R R's watt value. R Input module C: 0.033 to 0.33µF (Pressure resistance of over 250 VAC) R: 47 to 120 ohm R C Countermeasure 2: Change the input power supply to DC (Use DC input module) In general, the direct current signals are little affected by floating capacity and inducement. Countermeasure 3: Close circuit by making use of the b contact. When the b contact is used to make a close circuit at OFF, very little induced voltage is generated. Input module IN COM Note: Do not wire the input signal line near and in parallel with power lines of a motor and an inverter. 7-16 (5) Surge current of the AC input module There is surge current in the AC input module: JW-201N/203N/211NA, when turning ON the input. The surge current of the AC input module is determined by constants (R, C) of the input circuit inside the module, power supply voltage at ON input, phase, power supply current capacity and wiring impedance. The surge current stated in the AC input module specifications is the worst value for the case of the ON input at the maximum impressed voltage and at the peak phase. If, in certain input device, contact points are affected (adhered etc.) by the surge current, the surge current should be reduced by connecting a limit resistance Rs outside the module as shown below. OFF → ON Limit resistance Rs AC input module R C Surge current The following limit resistances Rs can be connected outside the module: For 100 VAC input module, less than 2 k ohm (over 2 W rate electricity) For 200 VAC input module, less than 4 k ohm (over 2 W rate electricity) Reference • When a limit resistance of 2 k ohm (or 4 k ohm) is connected for the 100 VAC (or 200 VAC) input module, the surge current becomes less than 80 mA at the peak ON. Note: If a resistance bigger than the above value is connected, the input ON/OFF levels and the response times cannot be guaranteed. (6) Countermeasure in case of connection of induced load to input signal If the induced load is connected to the input signal, in order to absorb the noise, connect a surge killer near the load for the AC circuit; and a diode, for the DC circuit, as shown below. For AC power supply AC input module Surge killer L load IN COM For DC power supply Surge killer: R, C C: 0.033 to 0.33 µF (Resistance voltage of over 250 VAC) R: 47 to 120 ohm Diode: DC input module IN L load Peak inverse voltage (VRM) should be more than 3 times bigger than the load voltage, and the average rectification current should be bigger than load current. COM 7-17 [2] Precautions for operating the output module (1) Protection from output short circuit In case of a short circuit of the load connected to an output terminal, output devices and print board may be burned. Be sure to insert a protection fuse in the output. Some modules have a built-in fuse per common line for protection of the module from heating and burning due to excessive current. It is not intended, however, for protection of the output devices and load from excessive current; therefore, insert fuse for each line outside the module. This is also advisable from maintenance point of view. Output module Load Fuse 0 1 COM Power supply load (2) Countermeasure to surge current of lamp load At turning ON an incandescent lamp, there is surge current 10 to 20 times bigger than normal current for several 10ms. For reduction of the surge current, insert either a bleeder resistance or an electric current limit resistance. 1 To insert a bleeder resistance During the OFF state of the output module, keep supplying dark current so small as to turn on the lamp dimly. Output module Bleeder resistance 2 To insert an electric current limit resistance This limits the current within a value determined by the value of the current limit resistance. When the resistance value is high, the voltage on the lamp L load decreases. Determine the resistance value by the brightness needed when turning ON the lamp. Surge killer 7-18 (3) Countermeasure to surge voltage at opening/closing induced load Some load generates surge voltage of several thousands volt when an induced load is operated or closed its circuit. All output module except the relay output module have a circuit to absorb surge within module. However, when the wiring to the load is long, its effectiveness is reduced and a surge countermeasure is required in the load side as well. In case of the relay output module without surge absorption circuit, surge countermeasure outside the module is indispensable in case the load generates high voltage. (This surge voltage countermeasure can extend the life time of the contact points of the relay.) Surge voltage countermeasure L load Relay output module Surge killer L load ＋ Relay output module Diode − L load ＋ Transistor output module, FET output module Diode − L load Triac output module Surge killer (In case of contact points in series line) R CR surge killer: C C: 0.033 to 0.33 µF (Pressure resistance of over 250 VAC) R: 47 to 120 ohm Example of CR surge killer For 100 VAC 953M2503 10411(0.1 µ + 120 ohm) (made by Matsuo Electric Co., Ltd.) For 200 VAC 953M5003 33311(0.033 µ + 120 ohm) (made by Matsuo Electric Co.,Ltd.) Diode: Peak inverse voltage (VRM) is more than three times of the load voltage. Average rectified current (Io) is more than load current. In case of AC load, a varistor can be used in place of the CR surge killer for the same effect. (Installation of both of the CR surge killer and the varistor increases the effect.) For 85 to 132 VAC TNR12G221K (made by Marcon Co., Ltd.), NV220D14 (made by NEC) For 170 to 264 VAC TNR12G431K (made by Marcon Co., Ltd.), NV430D14 (made by NEC) 7-19 Note 1: Avoid the use of a capacitor only as an arc killer, as shown below: C Load Power supply Power supply Load Though a capacitor is very effective for the arc deletion at shut-off. But charged current to the capacitor may melt the contact point at turning ON a contact point. C Though a capacitor is very effective for the arc deletion at shut-off. But at the opening of the circuit of a contact point, electricity is accumulated at the capacitor. Therefore, the short circuit current of the capacitor may melt the contact point at turning ON the contact. Note 2: DC output module JW-202S uses a zener diode as a surge absorber within the module. In case of using an induced load of large load current such as solenoid valves, note the followings: D Output module OUT COM ( ) Zener diode Power (+) D: Diode for counter surge voltage absorption at OFF When the load current is an induced load of over 0.3 A, use the module with the open/close frequency at less than 30 times/min. (1 sec. ON/1 sec. OFF or so). When more frequent opening/ closing, a surge countermeasure for counter voltage absorption is needed in the load side. When the load current is an induced load of over 0.5 A, a surge countermeasure for counter surge voltage absorption is indispensable in the load side. 7-20 (4) Load which can be driven by the AC output module The AC output module with SSR as an output device JW-203S/213SA can drive directly the loads of electro-magnetic switches, solenoid valves and lamps. In such cases note the surge current at turning ON (from OFF to ON) and the maintenance current during the maintenance state (ON state). Concretely, use the module within the following range: Model JW-203S At turning ON During maintenance state Range of Load Voltage Repeated allowable Minimum action Maximum rated load current current surge current 15 to 250 VAC JW-213SA 8A (100 ms) 30 mA 1A/point, 4A/common 6A (100 ms) 15 mA 1A/point, 2A/common When the AC output module drives the load, note the surge current at turning ON and the holding current during the maintenance state. Keep the surge current below the repeated allowed surge current at the turning ON; and keep the maintenance current, over the minimum action current and below the maximum rated load current during the maintenance state. The repeated allowable surge current is a value in case of the pulse width below 100 ms and repeated switching frequency below 20 times/minute. When, in case of the load of a motor, the pulse width of the surge current is large and that the switching frequency is high, keep the ON time of 1 pulse below 50%. (When the repeated surge current is below the maximum rated load current, there is no limit in the pulse width or in the switching frequency.) When many loads with big surge current are driven within a same common line circuit, make the number of points which turn from OFF to ON at the same time minimum. When a strong surge current goes through a built-in fuse in a common unit, the built-in fuse may be damaged or fused. The number of the surge current per common which can be turned from OFF to ON at the same time is determined by a fusing property of the built-in fuse as follows (as a guidance): Below 15A (50ms)/JW-203S, Below 10A (100ms)/JW-203SA Below 10A (50ms)/JW-213S, Below 7A (100ms)/JW-213SA The numbers in ( ) are pulse widths. For a light load of the holding current which is smaller than the minimum action current, some characteristics of load may prevent turning OFF. In such a case, connect a bleeder resistance in parallel with the load to increase the maintenance current up to the minimum action current or more. Some electro-magnetic switches of the pulse-driven cannot be turned OFF even if the holding current is over the minimum action current. In such a case, also, connect a bleeder resistance in parallel with the load. (Select a value of the bleeder resistance so that it can allow the minimum action current by itself.) Bleeder resistance R L Power supply (V) Load 7-21 Output module Calculate the value R of the bleeder resistance in the following formula: R＜ V I V: Power supply voltage I: Minimum action current of the output module Then, the capacity of R (W) is W＞ V2 ×3 R Margin (5) OFF delay time when the DC output module drives the induced load When the DC output module with a built-in cramp diode is used as a surge killer to drive the induced load of direct current such as electro-magnetic valves and solenoid valves, it may be impossible to complete high-speed switching due to the delay of response, since electric current goes to the load through the cramp diode. In such a case, the DC output module with a built-in zener diode, instead of the cramp diode, could speed up the response. Output module L Load DC output module with a built-in zener diode JW-202S JW-212S (6) When miniature load is driven by a relay output The relay used in the relay output module is suitable for power drive, and so with a low voltage and small current such as 24 VDC and 10mA, the contact reliability of the contact point drops. In such a case, we recommend to use a DC output module (transistor output). When connection with a low voltage and small current contact point output cannot be avoided, the following connection should be made: A miniature relay with a reliable contact point under low voltage and small current is driven, and the contact is made at that contact point. DC output module Connected device RY RY Relay output module Connected device RY RY 7-22 (7) Life of relays of the relay output module The relay's life of the module (JW-204S/214SA), which uses a relay in output circuit, varies depending on the kind of loads (difference of the power rate of the signal on the contact point is AC or DC and its current value). The following shows characteristic curves of the relay contact point. Max. 2,000,000 times No. of switching (x 10,000 times) 200 100 70 30 VDC T = 0 50 120 VAC COSφ=1 30 250 VAC COSφ=1 10 30 VDC T = 7 ms 7 120 VAC COSφ= 0.4 250 VAC COSφ= 0.4 5 3 30 VDC T = 40ms 30 VDC T = 60ms 1 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 45 Switching current (A) Note 1: The above chart shows standard values. Depending on the environment of usage (ambient temperature and humidity), different life may result. Note 2: When the signal to the contact point is DC, the life of relays varies according to the load rise characteristics (time constant: T) of the load. The load rise characteristics of the load after the contact point is turned ON are determined by inductance: L and resistance: R T＝ R L For the time constant of the load used, see below: In case of resistance load: T < 1ms In case of small size relay: T =7 ms In case of large current L load and magnet: T = 40ms In case of the L load with a diode for surge countermeasure, the life of relays may be similar to the case of T < 1ms. Note 3: Use the relay output module, with the contact switching life of more than 100,000 times and within the current capacity of less than 2A. 7-23 7-5 Communication port (JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) Control module JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 have communication port (PG/COMM1, PG/ COMM2). The communication port can communicate with connected device having the I/O port of RS-232C/ 422A of host computer, such as personal computer. Available for same function as SHARP's computer link. When the support tool is not used, one set of control module can have two channels of communication port, and two systems such as personal computer and liquid crystal control terminal can be connected. JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 JW30H Personal computer etc. Only RS-422A （Usable when the support tool is not connected.） Personal computer etc. RS-232C or RS-422A （Usable when the support tool is not connected.） JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 COMM1 lamp COMM2 lamp PG／COMM1 port PG／COMM2 port Name Function COMM1 lamp (yellow) • Flickers during communication by connecting PG/COMM1 port and personal computer, etc. COMM2 lamp (yellow) • Flickers during communication by connecting PG/COMM2 port and personal computer, etc. PG/COMM1 port • Conneeted with support tool. (Only the RS-422A) Usable as communication port (RS-422A only) when the support tool is not used. PG/COMM2 port (RS-232C/422A) • Connect support tool. Usable as communication port (RS-232C/422A) when the support tool is not used. 7-24 [1] Pin arrangement of PG/COMM1 port, PG/COMM2 port 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 3 2 1 • PG/COMM1 port Pin No. Signal name Contents 1 FG Outside body grounding 2 — *1 SD(+) — 5 RTS(– ) 6 SG Signal grounding 7 （15 pin D-sub 8 female connector） 9 SG Signal grounding — *1 8 7 6 5 4 3 4 JW-32CUH1/33CUH1 /33CUH2/33CUH3 RD(+) Sending data (PC to personal computer) *1 SD(– ) Sending data (PC to personal computer) 13 RTS(+) +5 V 15 +5 V --- Receiving data (Personal computer to PC) 11 14 RS-422A RS-422A RD(– ) Receiving data (Personal computer to PC) — --- --- 10 12 Signal *1 RS-422A --RS-422A --- *1: Not connected with pin No. 2, 4, 8, and 12. • PG/COMM2 port 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Pin No. Signal name Contents 1 FG Outside body grounding 2 SD Sending data (PC to personal computer) 3 SD(+) 4 RD 5 RTS(– ) 6 SG Signal grounding 7 SG Signal grounding 8 RTS ON while PC is supplied power source *2 — RS-232C Sending data (PC to personal computer) RS-422A Receiving data (Personal computer to PC) RS-232C RS-422A 9 RD(+) Receiving data (Personal computer to PC) 10 RD(– ) Receiving data (Personal computer to PC) 11 （15 pin D-sub female connector） 12 Signal — RS-232C RS-422A SD(– ) Sending data (PC to personal computer) CTS 13 RTS(+) 14 +5 V 15 +5 V ON: Available sending, OFF: Ban sending RS-232C RS-422A --- *2: When system memory #222 in the JW30H’s control module is 00HEX (default value), RTS signal will be turned ON while the PC is turned ON power. When it is set to 02HEX, the RTS will be OFF while sending data, and OFF while other than sending data. (Setting 02HEX is available with software version 3.5 or the later for JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/ 33CUH3, and software version 3.0 or the later for JW-32CUH/33CUH.) - Connector type that can be connected to the communication port (PG/COMM1 port, PG/COMM2 port) is 17JE-23150-02 (D8A) made by DDK. Note: The JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 signal (pin) arrangement of communication port (PG/COMM1, PG/COMM2) deffer from communication port of JW-22CU (JW20 series). 7-25 [2] Wiring figure (1) When using RS-232C for communication method of host computer side. Be within 15m for the total length of a communication cable. JW-32CUH1/33CUH1 /33CUH2/33CUH3 （PG／COMM2 port） Host computer Shielded wire Signal name Pin No. Signal name 1 FG FG 2 SD RD 4 RD TD 8 RTS CS 12 CTS RS 7 SG SG Within 15m RS-232C Use the RS-232C/RS-422 converter, such as Z-101HE, when the total length of the communication cable is over 15m. JW-32CUH1/33CUH1 /33CUH2/33CUH3 PG／COMM1 port or PG／COMM2 port RS-232C／RS-422 converter （Z-101HE） Host computer Terminal block name Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name Signal name 3 SD (+) RD (+) 3 RD RD 11 SD (-) RD (-) 2 TD TD 9 RD (+) TD (+) 4 RS RS 10 RD (-) TD (-) 7 SG SG 1 FG SHIELD 1 FG FG Shielded wire Shielded wire Class-3 grounding Within 1km RS-422A Within 15m RS-232C (2) When using RS-422A for communication method. Be within 1km for the total length of a communication cable. JW-32CUH1/33CUH1 /33CUH2/33CUH3 PG／COMM1 port or PG／COMM2 port JW-32CUH1/33CUH1 /33CUH2/33CUH3 PG／COMM1 port or PG／COMM2 port Host computer Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name Signal name 3 SD (+) 3 SD (+) RXD 11 SD (-) 11 SD (-) RXD 9 RD (+) 9 RD (+) TXD 10 RD (-) 10 RD (-) TXD 1 FG 1 FG Shielded wire 7-26 Within 1km RS-422A FG Shielded wire [3] Set system memory of JW-32CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 Set system memory #234/#235 (communication port 1) and #236/#237 (communication port 2) for communication conditions when communicating with a personal computer. System memory number Contents #234 Transfer rate, parity, stop bit #235 Station No. 001 to 037 OCT #236 Transfer rate, parity, stop bit #237 Station No. 001 to 037 OCT Set communication port 1 (PG/COMM1 port) Set communication port 2 (PG/COMM2 port) (1) Set communication port 1 (PG/COMM1 port) 1 Set system memory #234 For transfer rate, parity, and stop bit, set ON (1) / OFF(0) of D0 to D5. D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 #234 Stop bit Parity Transfer rate Stop bit D4 D3 Parity 0 1 bit 0 0 None 1 2 bits 0 1 Add 1 0 Even 1 1 D5 Data is 7 bits fixed. 2 Set system memory #235 Set station No., 001 to 037OCT for communicating. *1 *2 *2 D2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 D1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 D0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Transfer rate（bits/s） 19200 9600 4800 2400 1200 115200 57600 38400 Note: The JW-32CUH/33CUH (conventional models) cannot be set to a transfer speed marked with "*2" above. Also, if these modules are set to "*1," their transfer speed will be 600 bits/s. (2) Set communication port 2 (PG/COMM2 port) 1 Setting system memory #236 For transfer rate, parity, and stop bit, set ON (1) / OFF(0) of D0 to D5. D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 #236 Stop bit Transfer rate Parity D5 Stop bit D4 D3 Parity 0 1 bit 0 0 Nore 1 2 bits 0 1 Add 1 0 Even 1 1 Data is 7 bits fixed. 2 Set system memory #237 Set station No., 001 to 037OCT for communicating. 7-27 *1 *2 *2 D2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 D1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 D0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Transfer rate（bits/s） 19200 9600 4800 2400 1200 115200 57600 38400 Note:The JW-32CUH/33CUH (conventional models) cannot be set to a transfer speed marked with "*2" above. Also, if these modules are set to "*1," their transfer speed will be 600 bits/s. Remarks - Change of the communication setting for the communication ports (#234, #236) is effective while turned ON the power. - However, as the JW30H automatically changes the communication setting as shown below, it will take few number of retries until establishment of communication after changed settings. [When JW-32CUH/33CUH is used] [When JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 is used] Turn ON power Turn ON power COMM port (#234, #236) COMM port (#234, #236) PG port (19,200 bits/sec.) PG port (19,200 bits/sec.) PG port (9,600 bits/sec.) PG port (115,200 bits/sec.) PG port (9,600 bits/sec.) - As shown above, the JW32CUH/33CUH needs three times of retry and the JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/ 33CUH2/33CUH3 needs four times of retry to re-establish communication after changed setting, on the condition that the communication port successfully established communication just before changing the settings. 7-28 [4] Communicate with a personal computer The following instructions are available for communicating between the JW30H (Control module : JW32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3) and a personal computer. There are three type of command; read out command, write command and control command. Command Contents Read out command Messages that a personal computer transmits to the JW30H when it reads out data from the JW30H. Write command Messages that a personal computer transmits to the JW30H when it reads out data from the JW30H. Control command Messages that a personal computer transmits to the JW30H when it reads out data from the JW30H. As for the detail of each command, see “List of commands” on pages 7-36 to 7-45, and “Computer link” section of user's manual of link module JW-21CM. (1) Communication format When a command from a personal computer is received, the communication port of JW-32CUH1/ 33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 operates according to the received command, and sends the response. When an error occurs while processing, it returns error response. JW-32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3 Personal computer etc. JW30H 1 2 1 Communication format of command (personal computer to JW30H) Sumcheck area Ｒ Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ Ａ Ａ Ｄ Ｄ ? Command content Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) 2 Communication format of response (JW30H to personal computer) Sumcheck area Ｒ Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ Ａ Ａ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Response content Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Error response where an error occurs Sumcheck area Ｒ Ｅ Ｅ Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ Ａ Ａ Ｄ Ｄ ％ Ｃ Ｃ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) 7-29 [Contents of communication format] Data Using code (ASCII character) Contents Station No. • In command, the station No. to be received command. • In response, the station No. to send response. AD (H) AD (L) 00 to 37 OCT RI 0 to F HEX * SC (H) SC (L) 00 to FF HEX Sumcheck code (Search the mistake of transfer data. Refer to next page.) * EC (H) EC (L) 01 to 1B HEX Error code (Indicate error content. Refer to as follows.) Indentification symbol ASCII code : (colon) 3A HEX Hedder (Indicates beginning of command and response.) ? (question) 3F HEX Indicates command. # (number mark) 23 HEX Indicates response (at normal). % (percent) 25 HEX Indicates response (at error). CR (carriage return) 0D HEX Terminal mark (Indicates termination of a command and response.) * Response time (Set the time from receiving a command to responding. See page 7-32.) Contents * (H) indicates upper digit, (L) indicates lower digit. • Contents of error code Error code (EC (H), EC (L)) Contents 01 Format error 02 Designated address is not TMR/CNT setting value 05 Number of transfer bytes is not correct 06 PC does not stop by HLT (stop PC processing) 07 Writing to PC memory is not executed correctly 08 Memory capacity, file capacity is full 0A Parity error 0B Framing error 0C Overrun error 0D Sumcheck error 0E Prohibit program memory write (memory protection switch “ON”) 0F Other CPU is accessing memory 10 Not match write mode 11 Not proguram area 12 Tried to write in ROM 1B System memory error 7-30 • Sumcheck code SC (H), SC (L) The communication port detects error using sumcheck as well as party check in order to increase the reliability. 1 Sumcheck area (See page 7--29) [Example] Command Sumcheck area Ａ Ａ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Command content (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 2 Check method 1. Add data from station No. to the last data of the command contents or response contents (just before sumcheck code) that are summed up in ASCII code. 2. Convert the sumcheck code (2 digits hexadecimal) to 8 bits data and add 1 to the result. When the grand total is “0” (disregarded figure up), the message is regarded as correct, when the grand total is not “0,” the message is regarded as an error. 3 Produce method 1. Add data from station No. to the last data of the command contents or response contents (just before sumcheck code) that are summed up in ASCII code. 2. Operate complement number of 2 of the result of 1. Complement number of 2: Turn over all the bits indicated by the binary system (0 to 1, 1 to 0) and add 1. [Example] The complement number of 2 of 4EHEX is B2HEX 4EHEX → 01001110 ↓ invert each bit 10110001 ↓ add 1 100110010 → B2HEX 3. Divide upper 4 bits and lower 4 bits and convert them to ASCII code. When sumcheck is not necessary, setting @ in the command line. 7-31 • Response time RI When a personal computer is interpreter system, it executes programs one by one while interpreting. This personal computer may not have finished its process before receiving the response from the JW30H. As a countermeasure, setting the response time RI in command (max. 600ms). RI(HEX) Response time (ms) RI(HEX) Response time (ms) 0 0 8 80 1 10 9 90 2 20 A 100 3 30 B 200 4 40 C 300 5 50 D 400 6 60 E 500 7 70 F 600 As the JW30H accesses memories after one operation cycle, the actual response time is the total of setting value of RI in command and the waiting time of one operation cycle. [Reference] Setting response time RI It is difficult to recommend the optimum response time, as the optimum response time is varied depending on the model of personal computer, the programming language and the system program. First, set a fairly long time, then, shorten gradually. Note: There are some limits for handling bit numbers by commands and for the communication buffer of personal computers. Be careful for handling bit numbers and communication buffers. (2) Write mode Write mode of PCs are “mode 0” (write prohibited for all memories) at power ON. Prior to writing program from the personal computer, change write mode to “mode 1” or “mode 2” using EWR command (setting of write mode). SWE command read out current status of writing mode. Set write mode to “mode 0” as much as possible, except when writing date into PC. Each mode has restrictions as follow: Mode 0 Write prohibited for all memories Mode 1 Write enable only for data memory Mode 2 Write enable for all memories Note • Turn OFF control module protect switch (write allowed) before executing write commands and change to write mode 2 using EWR command. 7-32 Each command can be executed in the write mode or when the PC is in the following state. ⃝ : Executable × : Non-executable Write mode Control command Write command Read-out command Function Command name Relay monitor MRL Current value monitor of timer/counter/MD MTC Register current value monitor MRG Read out register of file 1 RFL Read out register of file 0 to 3 RFLF Read out register of file 00 to 03, 10 to 2C (Note)RFLE RPSR Read out parameter of special I/O module RPS Read out parameter of option module RPO Read out system memory RSM Read out program memory RPM Read out date MDY Read out time MTM Set/reset relay SRR Set/reset timer/counter SRT Write in register WRG Write the same data in register FRG Write in register of file 1 WFL Write in register of file 0 to 3 WFLF Write in register of file 00 to 03, 10 to 2C (Note)WFLE WPSR Write in parameter of special I/O module WPS Write in parameter of option module WPO Write in system memory WSM Write in program memory WPM Change setting value of timer/counter CTC Set date SDY Set time STM Set time revision ACL Stop operation HLT Restart operation RUN Monitor operation conditions MPC Read memory capacity VLM Read out write mode status SWE Set write mode EWR Turn back the message TST Release secret/password registration PAS Set secret function SES Check secret function SEI PC status Stopped by HLT Run command ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × ○ 0 1 2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × × × × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × ○ × × × × × × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ *1 *2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × × × × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ *1 *2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ *1 *2 *1: When data of command = 0 ⃝ *2: When data of command = 0 ⃝ = 1 or 2 × =F× Note: RFLE/WFLE command is not available for JW-32CUH/33CUH, JW-32CUH1/33CUH1. 7-33 (3) Address expression system In each command, the setting value in the following table is set in the address module of communication format. Relay number Timer/counter point of contact number Timer/counter number MD number Register address File register address Address (octal) Setting value (octal) 00000 to 15777 00000 to 15777 20000 to 75777 20000 to 75777 T0000 to T1777 C0000 to C1777 T0000 to T1777 0000 to 1777 0000 to 1777 MTC, SRT 000 to 777 0000 to 1777 MTC ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 A0000 to A1577 ｺ2000 to ｺ7577 B2000 to B757 b0000 to b1777 B0000 to B1777 b2000 to b3777 B2000 to B3777 09000 to 09777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 19000 to 19777 29000 to 29777 29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777 39000 to 39777 49000 to 49777 49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777 59000 to 5977 69000 to 69777 69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777 79000 to 79777 89000 to 89777 89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777 99000 to 99777 E0000 to E7777 E0000 to E7777 MRL, SRR MRL MRG, WRG, FRG File 0 000000 to 035777 000000 to 035777 File 1 000000 to 037777 000000 to 037777 RFL, RFLF, RFLE 000000 to 177777 000000 to 177777 WFL, WFLF, WFLE File 2, 3 File 10 to 2C Special I/O module parameter address 000000 to 177777 000000 to 177777 000 to 177 0000 to 0177 RPSR, RPS WPSR, WPS 00 to 77 0000 to 0077 RPO, WPO #0000 to #2177 0000 to 2177 RSM, WSM Option module parameter address System memory address Program address Using command JW-31CUH1(15.5K words) 00000 to 36777 000000 to 036777 JW-32CUH1(31.5K words) 00000 to 76777 JW-33CUH1(31.5K words) 000000 to 076777 JW-33CUH2(63K words) 00000 to 076777 000000 to 076777 JW-33CUH3(63K words) 00000 to 176777 100000 to 176777 7-34 RPM, WPM, CTC (4) Data expression system Data are expressed by hexadecimal. Program contents are also expressed by hexadecimal based on machine language. Contents of bit configuration of program memory is not available. (5) Example of communication (monitor current value of register) Monitor from 09000 to 09003 of PC06. (Response time : 100ms) ■ Command Ｃ ０６？ ＡＭ Ｒ Ｇ ０９ ００ ０ ０ ９ ０ ０３ ３ Ｆ Ｒ Station Command address Response time Register address 1 Register address 2 Sumcheck code ■ Response Ｃ ０６＃ ＡＭ Ｒ Ｇ ０９ ００ ０ ０ ９ ０ ０３ ０ ０ ４Ｆ３ ２ ０ １ Ｅ Ｂ Ｒ Station Command address Response time Register address 1 Register address 2 7-35 09000 09002 Sumcheck 09001 09003 code [5] List of commands (1) Read out command Function Command name Communication format Monitor ON/OFF state of the designated relay. ■ Command Relay monitor MRL ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｍ Ｒ Ｌ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Relay number ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Relay number ＳＳＣ 1Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｍ Ｒ Ｌ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Setting of 1 0：OFF 1：OF Monitor current value of timer/counter/MD number 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｍ Ｔ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Current value monitor of timer/ counter/MD MTC Timer/counter/ MD No.1 Timer/counter/ MD No.2 Timer/counter/ MD No.1 Timer/counter/ MD No.2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｍ Ｔ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Data 1 4 characters Data n 4 characters Attatched N 2 characters Attatched N Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Monitor current value of register address 1 to 2. Sequential monitor up to 512 bytes. ■ Command Register current value monitor MRG ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｍ Ｒ Ｇ Ｉ (Ｈ) Ｌ () Register address 1 Register address 2 Register address 1 Register address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｍ Ｒ Ｇ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Data n 2 characters Data 1 2 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Read out contents of file register address 1 to 2. Sequential read out up to 512 bytes. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｆ Ｌ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Read out register of file 1 RFL File register address 1 File register address 2 ＡＡ Ｒ File Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｆ Ｌ register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) File register address 2 ■ Response Data１ 2 characters 7-36 ＳＳＣ Dataｎ Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Function Command name Communication format Data is read out from the file register area specified by file number 1. Read out contents of file register address 1 to 2. Sequential read out up to 512 bytes. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ File Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｆ Ｌ Ｆ ① register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Read out file register of file No. 0 to 3. RFLF File register address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 1: 0 to 3 ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ File Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｆ Ｌ Ｆ ① register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) File register address 2 ＳＳＣ Data n Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Data 1 2 characters Date is read out from the file register area specified by file number 1. Read out contents of file register address 1 to 2. Sequential read out up to 512 bytes. ■ Command Read out file register of file No. 00 to 03, 10 to 2C Available only for the JW-33CUH2/3 ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｆ Ｌ E 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) RFLE File register address 2 File register address 1 ＳＳＣ Ｃ Ｃ 1: 00 to 03, 10 to 2C (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ File Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｆ Ｌ E 1 register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＳＳＣ Data n Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Data 1 File register address 2 2 characters Read out data of parameter address 1 to 2 of designated module. ■ Command RPSR Ｒ ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｐ Ｓ Ｒ Ｃ Module Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｋ number ＳＳＣ Parameter Ｃ Ｃ address 2 (Ｈ) Ｌ ()Ｒ Parameter address 1 Parameter address 2 ■ Response Ｒ ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｐ Ｓ Ｒ Ｃ Module Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｋ number Read out Parameter of special I/O module Parameter address 1 ＳＳＣ Data n Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Data 1 2 characters RCK (rack number): 0 to 3 Module number: 0 to 7 Read out data of parameter address 1 to 2 of designated module. ■ Command RPS ＡＡ Ｒ When Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｐ Ｓ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) installed ■ Response in Remote ＡＡ Ｒ I/O slave Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｐ Ｓ station Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Data n 2 characters 7-37 Module number Parameter address 1 ＳＳＣ Parameter Ｃ Ｃ address 2 (Ｈ) Ｌ ()Ｒ Data 1 Module Parameter Parameter number address 1 address 2 2 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Module number: 0 to 7 Function Command name Communication format Read out data of parameter address 1 to 2 of specified module. ■ Command ＳＳＣ ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｐ Ｏ Module Parameter Parameter Ｃ Ｃ number address 1 address 2 Ｈ ( ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Read out parameter of option module RPO ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Data 1 Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｐ Ｏ Module Parameter Parameter number address 1 address 2 2 characters Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＳＳＣ Dataｎ Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Module No. : 0 to 6 Read out contents in the system memory address 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｓ Ｍ Address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Read out system memory RSM ＳＳＣ Address 2 Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｓ Ｍ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Data n 2 characters Address 1 Address 2 Data 1 2 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Read out contents in the program memory address 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｐ Ｍ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Read out program memory RPM Proram address 1 Proram address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｐ Ｍ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Instruction n 4 characters Proram address 1 Proram address 2 Instruction 1 4 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Read out data of clock. ■ Command MDY ■ Response Year Year Month Month Date Date Read out date Ｒ ＳＳＣ ＡＡ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｍ Ｄ Ｙ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ ( ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Ｈ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＡＡ Ｒ Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｍ Ｄ Ｙ ＣＣ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｈ ( ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 7-38 Function Command name Communication format Read out time of clock. ■ Command Ｒ ＳＳＣ ＡＡ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｍ Ｔ Ｍ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) MTM Second Second ■ Response Hour Hour Minute Minute Read out time ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｍ Ｔ Ｍ ＣＣ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｈ ( ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ (2) Write command Function Command name Communication format Set/reset the relay. ■ Command ＳＳＣ ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｒ Ｒ Relay number 1 Ｃ Ｃ ( ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Ｈ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Set/reset relay SRR Setting of ① 0:OFF 1:ON ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｒ Ｒ Relay number Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Set timer/counter (time-up, count-up) or reset (return to setting value) ■ Command Set/reset timer/ counter ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｒ Ｔ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Timer/ counter No. ＳＳＣ 1Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ SRT Setting of 1 0:Reset 1:Set ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｒ Ｔ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Timer/ counter No. ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Write required data from the register address 1 to 2 in the register. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｒ Ｇ Register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in register WRG Data n 2 characters Register address 2 Data 1 2 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｒ Ｇ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) 7-39 Register address 1 Register address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Function Command name Communication format Write the same data in the register address 1 to 2 in the register. ■ Command Write the same data in register FRG ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｆ Ｒ Ｇ Register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Register address 2 Data 2 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｆ Ｒ Ｇ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Register address 1 Register address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Write in data of file register address 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｆ Ｌ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in register of file 1 WFL File register address 1 File register address 2 ＳＳＣ Data n 2 characters Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Data 1 2 characters ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｆ Ｌ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) File register address 1 File register address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Date is written from the file register area specified by file number1. Write in date of file register address 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ File Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｆ Ｌ Ｆ1 register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in file register of file No. 0 to 3. WFLF File register address 2 ＳＳＣ Data n 2 characters Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Data１ 2 characters 1: 0 to 3 ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ File Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｆ Ｌ Ｆ1 register address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) File register address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Date is written from the file register area specified by file number 1 (2 characters). Write in date of file register address 1 to 2. Sequential wirte up to 512 bytes. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｆ Ｌ E 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in file register of file No. 00 to 03, 10 to 2C Available for the JW-33CUH2/3 WFLE File register address 2 ＳＳＣ Data n Ｃ 2 characters Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Data１ 2 characters ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｆ Ｌ E 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＳＳＣ File register address 2 Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 7-40 File register address 1 1 : 00 to 03, 10 to 2C File register address 1 Function Command name Communication format Write in data of parameter address 1 to 2 in designated module. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｐ Ｓ Ｒ Ｃ Module Parameter Ｉ Ｋ number address 1 (Ｈ) (Ｌ) WPSR Data１ 2 characters Data n 2 characters Parameter address 2 RCK (rack No.) : 0 to 3 Module No. : 0 to 7 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｐ Ｓ Ｒ Ｃ Module Parameter Ｉ Ｋ number address 1 (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in parameter of special I/O module ＳＣ Parameter Ｓ ＣＣ address 2 (Ｈ) Ｌ ()Ｒ Write in data of parameter address 1 to 2 in designated module. ■ Command WPS (When installed in remote I/O slave station) ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｐ Ｓ Module Parameter number address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Data１ 2 characters Data n 2 characters Parameter address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Module No.: 0 to 7 ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｐ Ｓ Module number Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Parameter address 1 ＳＣ Parameter Ｓ ＣＣ address 2 (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Write in data of parameter address 1 to 2 in designated module. ■ Command Write in parameter of option module ＡＡ Ｒ Data１ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｐ Ｏ Module Parameter Parameter number address 1 address 2 2 characters Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) WPO Data n 2 characters ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｐ Ｏ Module Parameter Parameter Ｃ Ｃ address 1 address 2 number Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) Ｌ ()Ｒ Write date in the system memory address 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｓ Ｍ Address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in system memory WSM Data n 2 characters Data 1 2 characters Address 2 ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｓ Ｍ Address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＳＳＣ Address 2 Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Write instruction in the program address 1 to 2. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｗ Ｐ Ｍ Proram address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Write in program memory WPM Proram address 2 Instruction 1 4 characters Instruction n Ｓ Ｓ Ｃ 4 characters Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｗ Ｐ Ｍ Proram address 1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) 7-41 ＳＣ Proram Ｓ ＣＣ address 2 (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Function Command name Communication format Change timer/counter setting value in designated program address. ■ Command Change setting value of timer/ counter CTC ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｃ Ｔ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＳＣ Setting value Ｓ ＣＣ 4 characters (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Proram address ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｃ Ｔ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) Ｌ () Proram address ＳＳＣ ＣＣ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Set data of clock. Year Year Month Month Data Data Day Day ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｄ Ｙ ＣＣ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Set date SDY Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｄ Ｙ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Set time of clock. Set time STM Second Second Hour Hour Minute Minute ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｔ Ｍ ＣＣ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｔ Ｍ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Set correct of time. ■ Command Set correct of time ACL ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ａ Ｃ Ｌ 1 Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ( ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Ｈ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ａ Ｃ Ｌ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 7-42 Setting of 1(2 characaters) 00: Start clock 01: Stop clock 08: 30 sec. correction (3) Control command Function Command name Communication format Stop operation. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｈ Ｌ Ｔ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Stop operation HLT ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｈ Ｌ Ｔ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Release HTL (stop operation) command, restart operation. ■ Command Restart operation RUN ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｒ Ｕ Ｎ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｒ Ｕ Ｎ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Monitor PC is running or stops. ■ Command Monitor operational condition MPC ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｍ Ｐ Ｃ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｍ Ｐ Ｃ1Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Contents of 1 0 : Running. 1 : Stop by other optional device. 2 : Stop by HLT command Read out program capacity and file capacity. ■ Command Read out memory capacity ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｖ Ｌ Ｍ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ VLM ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｖ Ｌ Ｍ1Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 7-43 Contents of 1 (program capacity) 1 : 15.5K words 3 : 31.5K words 7 : 63K words Function Command name Communication format Read out current write mode status. ■ Command Read out write mode status SWE Contents of 1 prohibited for all memories 0 : Write ■ Response 1 : Write enable only for data memory. ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｗ Ｅ 1Ｃ Ｃ 2 : Write enable for all Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ memories. ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｗ Ｅ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Set write mode. ■ Command Set write mode EWR ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｅ Ｗ Ｒ 1Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｅ Ｗ Ｒ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Contents of 1 prohibited for all memories 0 : Write protect 1 : Write enable only for data memory. 2 : Write enable for all memories. Send back the received command as it is. ■ Command ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｔ Ｓ Ｔ Ｍ1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Turn back the message ＳＳＣ Ｍn Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ TST ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｔ Ｓ Ｔ Ｍ1 Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) ＳＳＣ Ｍn Ｃ Ｃ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ M1··· Mn: Message visible character string (20H to 7EH) Release secret function, register password. ■ Command Release secret/ password registration ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Pass-word Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｐ Ａ Ｓ1 ＣＣ (4 characters) Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ PAS ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｐ Ａ Ｓ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 7-44 Contents of 1 0 : Release 1 : Temporary registration 2 : Regular registration Function Command name Communication format Set secret function. ■ Command Set secret function SES ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｅ Ｓ 1Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ ■ Response Contents of 1 0: Enable seacret function F: Delete ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｅ Ｓ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ Check secret function. ■ Command Check secret function ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ？ Ｓ Ｅ Ｉ Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ SEI ■ Response ＡＡ Ｒ ＳＳＣ Ｄ Ｄ ＃ Ｓ Ｅ Ｉ ① Ｃ Ｃ Ｉ (Ｈ) (Ｌ) (Ｈ) (Ｌ) Ｒ 7-45 Contents of 1 0: Disable seacret function. 1: Enable seacret function valid. 7-6 ROM operation The ROM operation is a method of operating the JW30H by the content of the ROM, by storing the system memory or user program in the flash ROM, and transferring from ROM to RAM. Saving of a program and more in the ROM is available, as the contents of the ROM do not disappear. ROM operation is convenient for the following systems: • Operation frequency is low. • No alternation of program and system memory. • Requires registering or loading programs quickly. With JW30H series, flash ROMs are installed in the control module and so all the control module are possible ROM operation. (1) ROM operation method The ROM operation is available in four types as shown in the table below, depending on the setting value in the system memory #255. Set #255 depending on the use. (initial value is 000 OCT) Data memory Mode after data Setting value Transfer ROM to Transfer ROM to RAM after data transfer transfer at power RAM using a tool. OCT HEX (at power is ON) at power ON. ON. 000 00 No — — Available 021 11 Yes Hold Mode at power supply OFF. Available 042 22 Yes Clear* Stop Available 104 44 Yes Clear* Run Available * The stored data in the ROM is maintained. Note 1: A battery is necessary even in ROM operation. Note 2: Before transfer data from ROM to RAM (when the power is ON, or using a tool), make sure turn OFF the protect switch. (2) Registerable contents to ROM Areas that can be registered ROM is decided by setting value of system memory #256. (Initial value is 200OCT.) Setting value Registerable contents to ROM OCT HEX System memory Program Register File 1 File 2 200 80 #200 to 2177 Yes No No No 201 81 #200 to 2177 Yes 8K bytes *1 No No 202 82 #200 to 2177 Yes No 16K bytes 64K bytes *2 203 83 #200 to 2177 No 8K bytes *1 No No 204 84 #200 to 2177 No No 16K bytes 64K bytes *2 205 85 #200 to 2177 Yes 8K bytes *1 16K bytes No 206 86 #200 to 2177 No 8K bytes *1 16K bytes 64K bytes *2 *1 8 K bytes from 09000 to 99777 and E0000 to #57777. Area E6000 to E7777 cannot be stored in the ROM. *2 When the JW-32CUH1 is used and its file capacity is selected to 32 K-bytes (program capacity 31.5 K words), ROM storable capacity of file 2 will be 32 K bytes. (3) Writing in flash ROM By the writing operation by the hand-held programmer JW-13PG or the ladder software JW-50SP, the program can be written into the flash ROMs of control modules. See instruction manual of respective support tool for operation. 7-46 Chapter 8. Trial run 8-1 Check points prior to trial run When installation and wiring are completed, check following points, prior to supplying power to the JW30H. 1 Check the connection conditions of the power lines and the input/output lines. - Whether the wiring is correct? - Whether the screws in the terminal block are not loose? - Whether the fitting of the connector is correct? - Whether the each module is fixed securely? - Whether the cable size is correct? 2 Check the connection conditions of the I/O expansion cable and 5 VDC cable. - Whether the cable are connected correctly and fixed firmly between basic rack panel and expansion rack panel? 3 Check the connection of the grounding line. - Whether class-3 grounding is correctly grounded? - Whether the grounding is not co-grounded with a high voltage board? 4 Check the voltage of the power supply source. - Whether power voltage of power supply is within rated voltage? AC power supply (JW-21PU/33PU) ; 85 to 246 VAC,47 to 63Hz, AC power supply (JW-31PU) ; 85 to 132 VAC,47 to 63Hz, DC power supply (JW-22PU) ; 20.4 to 32 VDC 5 Check the operation condition of the halt output circuit. - Whether halt output signal is connected properly with external circuit in outside JW30H? 6 Supply power. 8-1 8-2 Operation method for trial run Operate the JW30H according to following process after precautions for operation is checked. 1 Memory protect switch of control module is " OFF. " 2 Connect support tool. 3 Supply power. 4 Check whether the power lamp in the power supply module is "ON" or not. 5 All Initialize. - Clear system memory - Clear program memory - Clear data memory 6 Set system memory (select function) - See the programming manual, ladder instruction version. - Setting can be omitted if not necessary. 7 Register I/O table. - To be set only when changing the rack top address - In case of auto I/O registration, setting is unnecessary 8 Check the wiring to I/O module. - Check the input port wiring using the display port of the input module or the monitoring function of the support tool. - Check the output port wiring by forcing the switch ON／OFF of the output circuit in the support tool. Note: Switch ON the setting value changing switch : 07365, prior to set the forcing switch ON／OFF for output. 07366 07365 Normal OFF Setting value changing switch To the next page 8-2 From the previous page 9 Execute programming - Input a program using the hand-held programmer or the multipurpose programmer. - Transfer a program to the control module when the program is saved in the ladder software. 0 Run trial operation - Confirm whehter the run lamp in the power supply module is "ON" or not. - Check PC motion. q Revise the program - Revise the program, if it is not correct. w Save the program - Write the program in a floppy disk or a ROM. - Print out the program using a printer. e Memory protect switch of control module is "ON." End 8-3 In the case of a confidential program, the secret function can be set appropriately. Chapter 9. Maintenance and check 9-1 Periodical check ■ The following table is the recommended periodical check of used items, so as to keep the JW30H operating normally and in the best condition: General items Check items Check contents Standard Ambient temperature 0 to 55°C Within the specifications Temperature in the control Ambient humidity box becomes the ambient temperature when the JW30H is installed in a control box. Atmosphere 35 to 90 %RH No corrosive gas, no dust Check items Check contents FAULT lamp Make a visual check the FAULT (error) lamp Light OFF That the available period is over. Within the validity. The module is fixed firmly No looseness Installed condition Standard Remarks Basic/expansion rack panel Check items Check contents Standard The I/O expansion cable and Connection cable 5 VDC cable are connected firmly. Installed condition ■ 35 to 85% RH and no condensation when the hand-held programmer is installed. Control module Battery ■ 0 to 40°C when the hand-held programmer is installed. No Vibration, shock ■ Remarks Remarks No looseness It is fixed firmly on a panel Power supply module Check items Input power Installed condition Standard Check contents Measure input voltage at the terminal block and check that it is within the specification. AC power (JW-21PU/33PU) 85 to 264 VAC AC power (JW-31PU) 85 to 132 VAC DC power (JW-22PU) 20.4 to 32 VDC The module is fixed firmly. Terminal block screws have not loosened. 9-1 No looseness Remarks ■ Input/output module Check items Standard Check contents • 100/120 VAC input module 85 to 132 VAC JW-201N JW-211NA • DC input module 10 to 26.4 VDC JW-202N JW-212NA JW-214NA JW-234N • 200/240 VAC input module 170 to 250 VAC That the voltage supplied at cable to input/output module is • DC output module Input or output within the specification. 10 to 27 VDC power supply Measure the “ON” level • AC output module voltage in case of the 15 to 250 VAC input module • DC output module 4.75 to 27 VDC • DC output module 4.75 to 30 VDC • Relay output module AC: 250 VAC or less DC: 30 VDC or less Installed condition ■ Remarks JW-203N JW-202S JW-203S JW-213SA JW-212SA JW-232S JW-204S JW-214SA The each module is fixed firmly Terminal block screws have not loosened. No looseness Program Check items Floppy diskette Check contents Standard That the diskette is not over the rated register period. Remarks Register the data in the floppy diskette changing every Note: Register a program in a floppy diskette using a ladder software in JW30H. The handling and maintenance is easy when a program is stored in a floppy diskette. 9-2 9-2 Exchange method of batteries Exchange battery for memory back-up in control module JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/33CUH1/33CUH2/ 33CUH3 within its validity. Battery module can be replaced while supplying power to the JW30H. [Model name of battery module] UBATN5005NCZZ Lead cables Connector Battery [Battery exchange procedure] 1 Prepare a new battery module for exchange. 2 Open the battery cover. Battery cover is removable. Battery cover Battery expires seal. This battery expires 2000. 10 Exchange the battery within 5 minutes. Varidity In case of this Oct.2000 3 Disconnect the battery module connector from the control module battery connector. Battery connector 4 Insert a new battery module connector in the battery connector of the memory module. The battery change must completed within 5 minutes. Otherwise, the memory may be erased. Battery connector 5 Put battery into control module, and close battery cover. Note: Do not subject the battery to impact of any kind. Do not pull on the lead wires of the battery, or liquid leakage accident may occur. 9-3 9-3 Self-diagnosis function By the self-diagnostic function, the system is running while checking if its own hardware is normal or not. As a result of self-diagnosis, if abnormality is detected, the stop output is turned OFF (opened), and the fault lamp lights up to stop operation. Self-diagnosis is executed in every scan, and when recovered to normal state, the stop output is automatically turned ON (closed), and the operation is resumed. (By the infinite loop of user program or the like, when the watchdog timer is actuated, the operation is stopped by the program mode, and the stop output is opened.) [1] Abnormality not detected by self-diagnostic function 1. Abnormality directly affecting the self-diagnostic function itself of the control module (such as hardware abnormality of control module) 2. Abnormality in the outer side circuit module of input and output module (abnormality not affecting the I/O bus port) Examples: - When the load cannot be driven due to abnormality of output transistor of output module. - When input signal cannot be taken in due to abnormality of photo coupler of input circuit of input module. 3. Communication abnormality in data link Communication abnormality can be confirmed by the LED of option module or communication flag. * For details see "user's manual" of option module. 9-4 [2] Self-diagnosis function (Error code table) Item Memory error Contents Error code Indication lamp of (BCD) power Special supply module relay Special System *3 register memory FAULT POWER ｺ 0734 RUN 24 Check system memory setting 23 Check program ROM Stop Open Light ON Light ON Light OFF 07370 20 26 Check I/O module registration table 28 Stop Open Light OFF Light ON Blinking --- 00 07371 30 RAM check (R/W) 40 Self-diagnosis 48 Stop Open Light ON Light ON Light OFF 07373 60 70 70 71 72 73 Hardware error 46 07375 Parameter error 47 40 *1 *2 Fuse blow of JW-262S Operation Close Light OFF Light ON Light ON *1 Hardware error Operation Close Light OFF Light ON Light ON Stop Stop 49 07374 50 53 07377 10 13 *4 07376 40 43 07372 20 22 Open Light ON Light ON Light OFF Light OFF Light OFF Stop 07363 Open Light ON Light ON Light OFF Power supply Power failure/low error voltage Halt output 60 61 Table registration error At table No module error registrI /O points over ation Switch setting error Battery low voltage/ Battery error No installation of battery 42 40 I/O rack panel error Expansion Power failure/low power supply voltage error 35 44 At re- Output data check freshing Installed module check At table Table verify error I/O verifyinSwitch verify error error g 31 32 I/O data bus Option error 25 Check program sum Hardware check Special I/O error #160 to 16 Check instruction code Watch dog timer CPU error PC Halt operating output condition Control module Open Light OFF Light ON Light ON Operation Close Relay output, 100/200 VAC, 30 VDC, 1A, ON while PC operation (close) *1 The upper or lower state of each item may occur when the fuse is melted down in the system memory #206 or #207, or by the setting in the case of option abnormality. 9-5 (Setting) (State) Continue operation → Upper column Halt → Lower column *2 When eternal power is not supplied to the JW-262S, a fuse failure will also occur. A special attention must be paid when #206 is set to operation stoppage. *3 The special relay: 7370 to 7377 are special relay which are turned ON when detected in self-diagnosis. In the event of abnormality, the kind of trouble is known by monitoring the special relay through support tool, host communication, or data link. (The special relay is turned ON in the event of abnormality, but I/O processing is not executed in the event of abnormality, and hence it cannot be taken out of the output.) *4 The power source error is stored when the power source is turned ON even in normal state. ■ Error code strage area #160 to 167 The system memory in which the error code is stored are #160 to 167 are in stack structure, and the latest error code is stored in #160. 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 The newest error code (The content in #160 is transferred to #161 when next failure occurs.) 9-6 9-4 Troubleshooting In the event of abnormality, check the LED (RUN, FAULT) of the power supply module and control module, and remedy according to the check flow depending on the state. [1] State of LED RUN (Power supply module) Fault (Control module) OFF ○ ON ● Detectable error for self-diagnosis → Check flow1 OFF ○ OFF ○ Power supply OFF → Check flow2 Blink ◎ OFF ○ Halt mode → Check flow3 Disable detection error by selfdiagnosis (input relation) → Check flow4 Disable detection error by selfdiagnosis (output relation) → Check flow5 Others → Check flow1 ON ● ON ● OFF ○ ON ● Remarks [2] Precondition of check flow This check flow describes the countermeasure method (replacement of defective module and subsequent restoring method) in the event the system running normally so far suddenly breaks down. Therefore, the following cases are excluded. 1. Trouble due to error in initial setting when starting up the system (system memory, parameter, setting switch, etc.). 2. Momentary failure due to transient abnormality due to noise or other effect (irreproducible trouble). 3. Trouble due to effect of ladder program (customer's application). [3] Prepare for causing trouble 1. Be sure to keep back-up for program memory and system memory When the control module is abnormal, the current program memory and the like may not be saved by the support tool, or the saved data may be incorrect. Therefore, store the latest program memory and back-up of system memory always in the floppy disk (FD). In the case of ROM operation, store the back-up in the FD, too. 2. Prepare for support tool at hand Prepare the support tool that can load/save of hand-held programmer or program. 3. Prepare for spare parts Prepare always a spare of each module to be ready for abnormality. 4. Prepare for “setting SW, setting system memory, I/O relay allocation table” of each module For prompt troubleshooting, prepare the "switch setting table and I/O relay allocation table" of each module. *Prepare also the "parameter setting table" in the module which requires setting of parameter aside from switches, such as special I/O module and option module. 9-7 [4] Check flow (1) Check flow 1 Monitor system memory #160 using a hand-held programmer. Contents of #160 (HEX) 32, 35 Replace the control module 23, 24, 26 25 44 40, 42, 48 60, 70 61, 73 71 72 46, 47 53 22 43 Countermeasure Under RAM operation: Clear the memory, and then re-load the program. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. Under ROM operation: Turn ON the power from OFF. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. Program re-loading. If this error still occurs, re-write the ROM program. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. Replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace I/O modules one after the other from the first module. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel. Monitor #046 and replace the I/O module. If this error still occurs, replace the other I/O modules. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel. Check the rack No. switches on the expansion rack panel and the I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA). If this error still occurs, monitor #046 and replace the I/O module. If this error still occurs, replace the other I/O modules. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel. Check if there are any doubling settings among module No. switches for the special I/O module, the I/O link master module, or the option module. If this error still occurs, replace the special I/O module, I/O link master module, and option module, one after the other. Check that an I/O module is installed. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace the basic rack panel. Install an I/O module within the max. number of I/O points. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace I/O modules one after the other from the first module. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel. Monitor #046 and replace the I/O module. If this error still occurs, replace the other I/O modules. If this error still occurs, check and replace the expansion cable and the termination connector. If this error still occurs, replace the I/O bus expansion adapter. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel. Replace the I/O link master module (can be monitored on #051) that FT lamp lights. Exchange battery. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. Make sure power is supplied to the expansion power supply. If this error still occurs, replace the expansion power supply. If this error still occurs, replace the expansion cable. If this error still occurs, replace the control module. If this error still occurs, replace the rack panel. Can’t monitor in Replace the control module. programmer 《Monitor operation of system memory #160》 Clear System １ ６ Monitor in HEX ０ 《Monitor operation of system memory #046》 Clear System ４ ６ Monitor * * *, * is error code Monitor in HEX Monitor Ｒ 9-8 Ｓ Slot No. (0 to 7) Rack No. (0 to 3) (2) Check flow 2 Y Is operation of control module normal? LED error Replace the control module N Check power voltage of power terminal of the control module. N Within the range of input voltage specification? Check external wiring or external power supply etc. Y Replace the control module (3) Check flow 3 Enter operation mode using a hand-held programmer Y Does the JW30H enter operatiuon mode? Recovery N OK Is operation stopped at the option module? Start operation by using option module NG None Check program to see if infinite loop or scan time may possibly exceed 300 ms. Replace the control module *1 Check that the value of system memory #160 is set to 31HEX Yes Revise the program (Then enter operation mode.) *2 If the value of system memory #160 is set to 31HEX, clear the value (enter 00HEX) Y Does the JW30H enter operation mode? Recovery N Exchange the control module <Operation of program check> Grammer check Clear ＊ ＊ 9-9 Detection (4) Check flow 4 This flow shows the checking procedure in the event of abnormality of input signal not detected by the self-diagnosis of the control module. Example of the error • All inputs of specific input module fail to be turned ON. • Specific input fails to be turned ON (OFF). • Among input signals of a same input module, operation of a certain input signal affects other input signal. Countermeasure: Error input signal 1 Measure the voltage between the corresponding input terminal of the input module and the common terminal using a tester. If supply voltage is applied between terminals: ON If supply voltage is not applied between terminals: OFF 2 Check the state of LED of input module. 3 Connect hand-held programmer, and check ON/OFF by monitoring the data memory (input relay) corresponding to the abnormal input. In case of 1=2=3 In case of the others Check the external wiring and power supply. Exchange the input module. [The flow of input signal] Control module Input module I/F circuit Memory 2 LED Common terminal 2 1 Hand-held programmer Input terminal 3 9-10 (5) Check flow 5 This flow shows the checking procedure in the event of abnormality of output signal not detected by the self-diagnosis of the control module. Example of the error • All inputs of specific output module fail to be turned ON. (In this case, it is highly possible that the fuse of load power output is melted down.) • Specific output fails to be turned ON (OFF). • Among output signals of a same output module, operation of a certain output signal affects other output signal. Countermeasure: Error output signal 1 Connect hand-held programmer, and check ON/OFF by monitoring the data memory (output relay) corresponding to the abnormal output. 2 Check the state of LED of output module. 3 Measure the voltage between the corresponding output terminal of the output module and the common terminal using a tester. When the inter-terminal voltage is output ON voltage (about 1 V or less): ON When the inter-terminal voltage is load supply voltage: OFF Note: When the load power source is OFF and wiring to the load is disconnected, it is abnormal if the output is normal. In case of 1 ＝ 2 ＝ 3 In case of 1 ＝ 2 ≠ 3 Connecting load is error Check the external wiring (power supply) In case of the others Exchange the output module. Exchange the output module. [The flow of output signal] Control module Output module I/F circuit Memory 2 LED Output terminal Load 1 3 Fuse Common terminal Hand-held programmer 1 9-11 Power supply Chapter 10. Support tool 10-1 Kinds of support tool The support tool that can be used in the JW30H are classified into models that can use all functions of the JW30H (JW30H applicable support tool) and models that can be used only in the functional range of the conventional models (JW20H, JW50H/70H/100H) (JW30H non-applicable support tool). Also, functions of some JW30H compatible support tools may be limited to those of conventional models (JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH), depending on the versions. Refer to each instruction manual about operation in detail. [1] JW30H applicable support tool Module name Hand-held programmer Multipurpose programmer Ladder software Model name Version JW-14PG ---- All function of JW30H B mark JW-13PG JW-50PG A mark No mark Within the function of JW31CUH/32CUH/33CUH 5.0 or more All function of JW30H 5.0 to 5.3 A Within the function of JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH JW-100SP --- JW-92SP JW-52SP 5.5 or more JW-50SP [2] Available function using JW30H All function of JW30H 5.0 to 5.3 A Within the function of JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH 5.5I or more All function of JW30H 5.0 to 5.3 AI Within the function of JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH JW30H non-applicable support tool Module name Model name Version JW-2PG --- JW-12PG --- Multipurpose programmer JW-50PG 4.0A or less Ladder processor II Z-100LP2S + Z-3LP2ES Z-3LP2ES 5.2 or more JW-92SP 4.0 A or less JW-50SP 3.0l Hand-held programer Ladder software Available function using JW30H Within the function of JW20H Within the function of JW20H, JW50H/70H/100H Note: The JW-2PG and JW-12PG cannot forcibly set/reset relays, transfer data using a ROM writer or transfer data to a cassette tape. Further, the JW-50PG (less than 4.0 A), JW-92SP (less than 4.0 A), or JW-50SP (3.0I) cannot forcibly set/reset relays, nor do sampling trace. 10-1 10-2 Directions of use support tool This section explains the manner of manipulating the JW30H by using the JW30H non-applicable support tool. [1] Mode Set in the system memory #260 (PC model mode) of the JW30H to determine as what model the JW30H non-applicable support tool recognizes the JW30H. Setting value of #260 50 HEX Except for 50 HEX Contents JW50H/70H/100H mode · The JW30H is recognized as JW50H/70H/100H. · Operating within the function of JW50H/70H/100H is possible. JW20H mode (initial mode) · The JW30H is recognized as JW20H. · Operating within the function of JW20H is possible. Note: In case of JW-2PG using in JW30H, set 02 HEX in the system memory #136 of JW30H. [2] Limit items The following limit items are applied in each mode. (1) In case of JW20H mode • Access to the file register is impossible. • Set parameter of special I/O is Max. 8. (2) In case of JW50H/70H/100H mode • Application instructions involved in I/O is unacceptable. • Option, parameter of special I/O treat as file E. In both modes, the program memory, data memory, system memory, and application instructions are in the scope of each mode model. The relay and register extended in the JW30H and additional application instructions cannot be used. [3] Mode changing method (1) In case of hand-held programmer 1 Change setting value of system memory #260. 2 Power supply of hand-held programmer is OFF. (ON/OFF of power source, plugging/unplugging of connector) (2) In case of model having self power supply; Z-100LP2S, etc. 1 If impossible to communicate due to different models, change the models. (If the mode model of support tool is JW20H, change to JW50H/70H/100H; if JW50H/70H/100H, change to JW20H.) 2 When communication is enabled, change the setting value in the system memory #260. 3 The model is changed to the new setting mode. 10-2 Chapter 11. Specifications 11-1 General specifications Specifications Items Power voltage Using JW-21PU Using JW-22PU Using JW-31PU (UL/CSA approved) 85 to 264 VAC, 47 to 63Hz 20.4 to 32.0 VDC* 85 to 132 VAC, 47 to 63Hz Guaranteed voltage interruption time Using JW33PU (UL/CSA/CE approved) 85 to 264 VAC, 47 to 63Hz Available voltage interruption time of 10 ms max. 10 M ohm min. at 500 VDC megge Insulation resistance (between AC external (between DC external (between AC external terminal and terminal and rack terminal and rack panel) rack panel) panel) 1500 VAC, 50/60 Hz 1000 VAC, 50/60Hz for 1 1500 VAC, 50/60Hz for 1 minite for 1 minute minute Dielectrical (between AC external (between AC external terminal and (between DC external strength rack panel) terminal and rack terminal and rack panel) panel) 1000 Vp-p 1 µs width impulse Noise immunity (by noise simulator between the power line and rack panel) Storage temperature – 20 to 70° C Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere 0 to 55° C Vibration resistance Shock resistance Power consumption Weight Groundin 35 to 90% RH (non-condensing) Free from corrosive gas JIS C 0911 or equivalent - Multiple vibration width: 0.15 mm (10 to 57 Hz),9.8 m/s2 (57 to 150 Hz), Number of sweep: (1 octave/minute), three directions (X, Y, and Z) JIS C 0912 or equivalent, 147 m/s2 (3 times in each X, Y and Z axis) 60VA max *2 Approx. 3.6 kg 70 VA max *2 When one power supply module, one control module, one memory module, and eight I/O modules installed in basic rack panel Class-3 grounding *1. As for DC input power source, use power source of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit: 20.4 V or more). *2. This value is at max load state of single power supply module. 11-1 11-2 System specifications Items Specifications Number of rack panel connected Max. 8 sets in total of 1 basic rack panel and 7 expansion rack panel. *1 Total length of expansion cable Max. number of I/O points Max. 50 m *1 JW-31CUH1: 512 points JW-32CUH1: 1024 points JW-33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3: 3072 points Total of 64 sets can be mounted *2 Number of mounting • Max. of 64 I/O modules can be mounted including on both the basic I/O module, special I/O and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 7). module, I/O link module, • Max. 32 special I/O modules can be mounted including on both the basic and the expansion rack panels (racks 0 to 3). and option module • Max. of 4 I/O link modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel. • Max. of 7 option modules can be mounted on the basic rack panel. Number of I/O relay occupied points of I/O module, special I/O module, option module. (Allocation of relay address) Module Item Number of I/O relay area occupied points 8 points input/output module 16 points 16 points input/output module 16 points 32 points input/output module 32 points Special I/O module 16 points I/O link/option module 16 points Vacant slot 16 points Option, I/O link and special I/O module is execlusive use relay area except for I/O relay area. Program memory The JW30H has a standard provision of memory port for storing the user program (fixed capacity). The program can be stored in the built-in flash ROM. *1 In case of using basic rack panel JE-34KB/36KB/38KB, expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/ 38ZB, and I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA/32EA. *2 In case of using basic rack panel JW-38KB and seven expansion rack panel JW-38ZB. 11-2 11-3 Performance specifications Specifications Items JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 Program system Stored program system Control system Compatible cyclic calculation and interrupt dealing system Processing speed Type and numbers of instruction Program size Memory back-up I/O control system Max. numbers of I/O points Basic instruction : 20 (150 to JW-31CUH1) 7.5K words Application instruction : 117 15.5K words/31.5K words (switchover) 31.5K words 63K words By built-in lithium battery. (Available for ROM operation using integrated flash ROM.) Both block refresh system and refresh system by instruction are applied. 512 points 1024 points 3072 points *1 Max. rack panels : 8 rack panels *2 3072 points 00000 to 15777 20000 to 75777 Relay for option module 2560 points (10000 to 14777) [ｺ1000 to ｺ1477] Flag for option module 448 points (15000 to 15677) [ｺ1500 to ｺ1567] Flag for I/O link 64 points (15700 to 15777) [ｺ1570 to ｺ1577] Relay for I/O link 2048 points (20000 to 23777) [ｺ2000 to ｺ2377] Relay for special I/O module (basic system) 4096 points (30000 to 33777) [ｺ3000 to ｺ3777] Relay for special I/O module (Remote 1024 points I/O slave station) (40000 to 41777) [ｺ4000 to ｺ4177] 64 points (07300 to 07377) Relay Data memory Basic instruction (except OUT, TMR, CNT, MD) : 0.038 µs/instruction. OUT instruction : 0.076 µs/instruction Application instructions, TMR, CNT, MD instructions : average number µ to several tens µs/instruction Special relay ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 ｺ2000 to ｺ7577 *3 07300 to 07337 : Reserved area 07366 : Normally OFF contact 07340 to 07347 : Error code strage 07370 : Memory error 07354 : Non-carry flag 07371: CPU error 07355 : Error flag 07372 : Battery error 07356 : Carry flag 07373 : I/O error 07357 : Zero flag 07374 : Option error 07360 : 0.1 second clock 07375 : Special I/O error 07362 : Initialize pulse 07376 : Expansion power supply error 07363 : Fuse blown 07377 : Power supply error 07364 : 1.0 second clock 07365 : Setting value change switch *1 In case of 32 sets of 32-point modules and 32 sets of 64-point modules (special I/O modules) are mounted. *2 In case of using basic rack panel JW-34KB/36KB/38KB, expansion rack panel JW-34ZB/36ZB/ 38ZB, and I/O bus expansion adapter JW-31EA/32EA. *3 Each relay is setted by module No. switch on the face of special, I/O link, and option module. 11-3 Specifications Items JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 Total 1024 points [000 to 1777 : timer and counter · in common] • Timer set time 100 ms timer (TMR0000 to 1777) 0.1 sec. to 199.9 sec. 0.1 sec. to 3276.7 sec.(BIN) 0.1 sec. to 799.9 sec.(BCD) 10 ms timer (TMR 0400 to 0777) 0.01 sec. to 19.99 sec.(BCD) Timer/counter/MD TMR 0400 to 0777 is selectable timer feature of 100 ms unit and 10 ms unit. • Counter setting value 1 to 1999 1 to 32767 (BIN) Data memory 1 to 7999 (BCD) • MD setting value 0 to 999 The current value of the counter and MD are kept ON at power OFF. Timer is selectable between kept or reset after power OFF. Assignable timer/ counter setting value into registers. (Refer to application instructions F260, Fc260, F-261 and Fc261 of programming manual.) Register 9216 bytes (kept after power OFF) 09000 to 09777, 19000 to 19777, 29000 to 29777, 39000 to 39777, 49000 to 49777, 59000 to 59777, 69000 to 69777, 79000 to 79777, 89000 to 89777, 99000 to 99777, E0000 to E7777. Second : 99770 Minute : 99771 Hour : 99772 Current timer storage register Day : 99773 ——— Month : 99774 Year : 99775 The day of the week : 99776 Control code : 99777 11-4 Specifications Items JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 This register can store the last 8 error codes of the control module and option module including the error occurrence time (except for JW-31CUH1) and the number. Total : 1K bytes (E6000 to E7777) E6000 to Option module (Module No. switch 6) Error 8 E6177 E6200 to Option module (Module No. switch 5) Error 7 E6377 E6400 to Option module (Module No. switch 4) Error 6 00 Second 01 Minute 02 Hour 03 Date 04 Month 05 Year 06 Day of week 07 Error code 10 Error rack/slot/switch 11 No. of error occured 12 Reserved 13 Reserved E7577 14 Reserved E7600 15 Reserved 16 Reserved 17 Reserved Data memory E6577 E6600 to Error history storage register Option module (Module No. switch 3) Error 5 E6777 E7000 to Option module (Module No. switch 2) Error 4 E7177 E7200 to Option module (Module No. switch 1) Error 3 E7377 E7400 to Option module (Module No. switch 0) to Control module Error 2 Error 1 E7777 The error occurrence time is stored by 24 hour indication. File register No File 1 (16K bytes) File 2 (Change between 32K and 64K bytes) File 1 (16K bytes) File 2,3 (Each 64K bytes) Total 48K/80K bytes Total 144K bytes 11-5 ※ ※JW-31CUH1 is not fixed. File 1 (16K bytes) File 2,3 (Each 64K bytes) File 10 to 14 (Each 64K bytes) File 1 (16K bytes) File 2,3 (Each 64K bytes) File 10 to 1F (Each 64K bytes) File 20 to 2C (Each 64K bytes) Total 464K bytes Total 2000K bytes Specifications Items JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH3 Number (OCT) Contents #010 to 017 Monitor the timer (not available for JW-31CUH1) #030 Monitor the minimum scanning time (lower digit BCD) #031 Ditto (upper digit BCD) #032 Monitor the current scanning time (lower digit BCD) #033 Ditto (upper digit BCD) #034 Monitor the maximum scanning time (lower digit BCD) #035 Ditto (upper digit BCD) #046 Monitor the error detected I/O rack panel and slot No. (OCT) #050 Monitor the error switch No. (Option module) #051 Ditto (I/O link master module) #052 Monitor the error address on user? s program (lower digit) #053 Ditto (upper digit) #114 #115 System memory #136 #160 to 167 #170 to 177 #201 #202 #206 #207 #210 #211 #220 #222 #223 #224 #225 #226 #227 #230 #231 #232 #233 #234 #235 #236 #237 #240 to 243 #246 #247 #250 #251 #252 #253 #255 #256 #257 #260 Select octal/decimal/hexadecimal in the address/relay/register/label/application instructions. Set the tool model. Store the error code of self-diagnosis Store the error code on option module. Set the resetting conditions of TMR Set the resetting conditions of CNT Set the operation continue/stop at fuse blown detecation. Set the operation continue/stop at option error. Selecting error history strage range. Set the operation continue/stop at I/O link master module error. Set file top address for comment memory. Communication system of PG/COMM 2 port. Selecting the clock feature (not available for JW-31CUH1) Set comment memory using area. Set fixed scan time Selecting the 10 ms timer function Set the a latched relay area Ditto Set output hold address Ditto (lower digit) (upper ditig) (lower digit) (upper digit) Set the communication port 1 (not available for JW-31CUH1) Set the communication port 2 (not available for JW-31CUH1) Set interrupt processing Set extend for allowable voltage interruption time Selecting the rack top address Set latched relay area of expansion relay area. Ditto Set output hold address of expansion relay area. Ditto Set ROM operation mode Set ROM contents BCC check code Model mode 11-6 (lower digit) (upper digit) (upper digit) (lower digit) Specifications Items JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-33CUH2 JW-33CUH Debugging function Parameter for special I/O module : 128 bytes x 32 module Parameter for special I/O module (Install in the remote I/O slave station) : Parameter memory 128 bytes x 8 modules Parameter for option module : 64 bytes x 7 modules There are two types of interruption program, one is input interruption and the other is timer interruption. Both types can be set independently of interruption permission/prohibition. If interruption prohibition is set, you can use the Interrupt program interruption label as the conventional label. Input interruption : 16 points (LB1360 to LB1377) Timer interruption : 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 ms in each (LB1353 to LB 1357) Using PG/COMM1 port or PG/COMM2 port. Communication standard : RS-232C/RS-422A (RS-232C is only PG/COMM2 port) Transfer rate : 115200/57600/38400/19200/9600/4800/2400/1200 bits/s Data length : 7 bits Parity bit : odd/even/none Stop bit : 1/2 bit Communication por -------Connection form : 1:1 (RS-232C) 1: N (RS-422A) Communication format : Computer link or equipment Connector : 15 pin D-sub No of connected stations : 31 sets max. Note: When the RS-422A is used, available only for four wire system. At normal [Using the 2k bytes of internal work area] : Data can be traced for (relay 15 points + register 6 bytes) × 256 times, or relay 15 points × 1024 times at an arbitrate period. (10 ms units) Sampling trace At expansion [Using the 64k bytes of file register] : Data can be traced for (relay 15 points + register 6 bytes) × 8192 times, or relay 15 points × 32768 times at an arbitrate period. (10 ms units) Break function Available setting any program address as a break point. Step operation Can execute program in one instructions unit. N scan operation Execute operation each time the specified number of scans (1 to 9999). Available forced Available switch ON/OFF for I/O relay regardless of the input signal or ON/OFF I/O relay operation result. Weight Approx. 270 g Approx. 280 Accessories One instruction manual 11-7 11-4 Specifications of I/O module Model name Reference page Input Reference page 11-15 JW-201N 11-8 JW-202S JW-202N 11-9 JW-203S 11-16 JW-203N 11-10 JW-204S 11-17 JW-211NA 11-11 JW-212SA 11-18 JW-212NA 11-12 JW-213SA 11-19 JW-214NA 11-13 JW-214SA 11-20 JW-234N 11-14 JW-232S 11-21 Output Model name Reference page JW-232M 11-22 Special JW-264N I/O JW-262S 11-24 I/O 11-23 Input module (1) JW-201N Model name AC input module : JW-201N No. of input 8 points Rated input voltage 100/120 VAC (50/60Hz) Input voltage range Front view 85 to 132 VAC (50/60Hz, waveform distortion : 5% or less) JW-201N Rated input current 10 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 60Hz) 8.4 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 50Hz) Input impedance 10 k ohm (TYP., 60Hz), 12k ohm (TYP, 50Hz) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Surge current Max. 480 mA, 0.2 ms (at 132 VAC peak ON) Input ON level 80 V/7 mA or less 0 Input OFF level 30 V/3 mA or more 1 Response time OFF to ON : 30 ms or less (100 VAC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 40 ms or less (100 VAC) 2 3 Internal current consumption 40 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 4 5 LED lights at ON condition 6 7 10 P detachable terminal block (M3.5 × 7 screws, blue) COM. Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points Weight Approx. 180g Input indicator 0 7 Photo-coupler Circuit diagram COM Power 11-8 Internal-circuit [1] Model name (2) JW-202N Model name DC input module (low speed type) : JW-202N No. of input 8 points Rated input voltage 12/24 VDC Input voltage range Rated input current Front view 10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rate at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC: 5% or less) JW-202N 7.5 mA TYP. (24 VDC) 3.5 mA TYP. (12 VDC) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input impedance 3.5 k ohm TYP Surge current ——— Input ON level 10.5 V/3 mA or less 0 Input OFF level 5 V/1.5 mA or more 1 Response time OFF to ON : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC) 2 3 Internal current consumption 40 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 4 5 LED lights at ON condition 6 7 10 P detachable terminal block (M3.5 × 7 screws, blue) COM. Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points (No polarity) Weight Approx. 170g Input indicator 7 Circuit diagram Photo-coupler COM Power 11-9 Internal-circuit 0 (3) JW-203N Model name AC input module : JW-203N No. of input 8 points Rated input voltage 200/240 VAC (50/60 Hz) Input voltage range Rated input current Front view 170 to 250 VAC (50/60 Hz, waveform distortion : 5% or less) JW-203N 9.1 mA TYP. (200 VAC, 60 Hz) 8 mA TYP. (200 VAC, 50 Hz) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input impedance 22 k ohm (TYP., 60 Hz), 25k ohm (TYP, 50 Hz) Surge current Max. 500 mA, 0.2 ms (at 250 VAC peak ON) Input ON level 170 V/7 mA or less 0 Input OFF level 70 V/3 mA or more 1 Response time OFF to ON : 30 ms or less (200 VAC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 40 ms or less (200 VAC) 2 3 Internal current consumption 40 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 4 5 LED lights at ON condition 6 7 10 P detachable terminal block (M3.5 × 7 screws, blue) COM. Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points Weight Approx. 180g Input indicator 7 Circuit diagram Photo-coupler COM Power 11-10 Internal-circuit 0 (4) JW-211NA Model name AC input module : JW-211NA No. of input 16 points Rated input voltage 100/120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Input voltage range Rated input current Input impedance Front view 85 to 132 VAC (50/60 Hz, waveform distortion : 5% or less) JW-211NA 10 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 60 Hz) 8.4 mA TYP. (100 VAC, 50 Hz) A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 10 k ohm (TYP., 60 Hz), 12k ohm (TYP, 50 Hz) Surge current Max. 480 mA, 0.2 ms (at 132 VAC peak) Input ON level 80 V/7 mA or less 0 1 Input OFF level 30 V/3 mA or more 2 Response time OFF to ON : 30 ms or less (100 VAC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 40 ms or less (100 VAC) A 4 5 6 Internal current consumption 60 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 7 COM.A 0 1 LED lights at ON condition 2 B 4 5 10 P detachable terminal block (M3.5 × 7 screws, blue) 6 7 Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points Weight 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 COM.B Approx. 220g Input indicator 7 （Ａ） Photo-coupler Power COM.A Circuit diagram Internal-circuit 0 0 7 （Ｂ） Power COM.B The JW-211NA covers functions of its previous model (JW-211N). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type. 11-11 (5) JW-212NA Model name DC input module : JW-212NA No. of input 16 points Rated input voltage 12/24 VDC Input voltage range Rated input current Input impedance Front view 10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rate at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less) JW-212NA 7.5 mA TYP. (24 VDC) 3.5 mA TYP. (12 VDC) A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3.3 k ohm TYP. Surge current ——— Input ON level 10.5 V/3 mA or less 0 1 Input OFF level 5 V/1.5 mA or more 2 Response time OFF to ON : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 10 ms or less (12/24 VDC) A 4 5 6 Internal current consumption 60 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 7 COM.A 0 1 LED lights at ON condition 2 B 4 5 18 P detachable terminal block (M3.5 × 7 screws, blue) 6 7 COM.B Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points (no polarity) Weight Approx. 210g Input indicator 7 （Ａ） Photo-coupler Power Circuit diagram COM.A Internal-circuit 0 0 7 （Ｂ） Power COM.B The JW-212NA covers functions of its previous model (JW-212N). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type. 11-12 (6) JW-214NA Model name DC input module(high speed type) : JW-214NA No. of input 16 points Rated input voltage 12/24 VDC Input voltage range Rated input current Input impedance Front view 10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rate or at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less) JW-214NA 7.5 mA TYP. (24 VDC) 3.5 mA TYP. (12 VDC) A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 3.3 k ohm TYP. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Surge current ——— Input ON level 10.5 V/3 mA or less 0 Input OFF level 5 V/1.5 mA or more 1 2 Response time OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (12/24 VDC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (12/24 VDC) A 4 5 6 Internal current consumption 60 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 7 COM.A 0 1 LED lights at ON condition 2 B 4 5 18 P detachable terminal block (M3.5 × 7 screws, blue) 6 7 COM.B Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points (no polarity) Weight Approx. 210g Input indicator 7 （Ａ） Photo-coupler Power COM.A Circuit diagram Internal-circuit 0 0 7 （Ｂ） Power COM.B The JW-214NA covers functions of its previous model (JW-214N). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type. 11-13 (7) JW-234N Model name DC input module : JW-234N No. of input 32 points * Rated input voltage 12/24 VDC Input voltage range Rated input current Front view 10.5 to 26.4 VDC (ripple rater at 24 VDC : 15% or less) (ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less) JW-234N 7 mA TYP. (24 VDC) 3.5 mA TYP. (12 VDC) A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input impedance B 3.5 k ohm TYP. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Surge current ——— Input ON level 10.5 V/3 mA or less D 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input OFF level 5 V/1.5 mA or more Response time OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (12/24 VDC) (module alone) ON to OFF : 1.5 ms or less (12/24 VDC) A Internal current consumption 80 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system COM.AB B LED lights at ON condition C 40 P connector (soldering) Applicable wire size : AW23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm2) D 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 COM.CD Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 16 points (no polarity) Approx. 410g 0 ∼ A 7 Photo-coupler 0 ∼ 7 B Power Circuit diagram ・See page 4-7 for the pin No. and signal name. 0 ∼ 7 D Power Accessories Input indicator COM.AB 0 ∼ 7 C Internal-circuit Weight COM.CD 40 P connector (soldering) × 1 * When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C in 24 VDC, use that same time input ON no. of points should be less than 10 points per common. However, constraint do not have in case of using for 12 VDC. 11-14 Output module (1) JW-202S Model name DC output module (sink output) : JW-202S No. of output 8 points Rated load voltage Load voltage range Front view 5/12/24 VDC 4.75 to 27 VDC JW-202S Rated max. load 1 A/point, 4 A/common * current 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Allowable surge 4 A (100 ms) current Min. load current ——— OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less 0 ON voltage drop 1.4 V or less (1 A) 1 Response time OFF to ON : 1 ms or less (resistance load) (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (resistance load) Surge killer 2 3 Zener diode Rated capacity 4 A/125 V (one per common) of fuse element Using fuse : 125 VAC 4 A (MQ2 4 A [SOC]) Internal current consumption 190 mA max. (5 VDC) 4 5 6 7 Operation indication LED lights at ON condition COM.(—) External wire 10 P detachable terminal block, connection system (M 3.5 × 7 screws, red) Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points (no polarity) Weight Approx. 180g Load L + Circuit diagram L Output indicator 0 7 Photo-coupler Power — COM Internal-circuit [2] Fuse Accessories Fuse element 125 VAC 4A × 1 * When the module receives more than 0.3 A inductive load, use the module less than 30 times/ minute open-close frequency (approx. ON for 1 sec., OFF for 1 sec). When the module receives more than 0.5 A of load current, be sure to install surge absorbing measures at load side. 11-15 (2) JW-203S Model name AC output module : JW-203S No. of output 8 points Rated load voltage Load voltage range Front view 100 to 240 VAC (50/60Hz) 15 to 250 VAC (50/60 Hz, waveform distortion: less than 5%) JW-203S Rated max. load 1 A/point, 4 A/common *1 current 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Allowable surge 8 A (100 ms) current Min. load current 30 mA *2 OFF leak current 1.5 mA or less (120 VAC, 25°C), 3 mA or less (240 VAC, 25°C) ON voltage drop 1.6 V or less (at 1 A) 1 Response time OFF to ON : 1 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms plus half power frequency or less Surge killer 0 2 3 Capacitive valister, snubber Rated capacity 4 A/125 V (one per common) of fuse element Using fuse : 250 VAC 4 A (SS2 4 A [SOC]) Internal current consumption 130 mA max. (5 VDC) 4 5 6 7 Operation indication LED lights at ON condition COM. External wire 10 P detachable terminal block, connection system (M 3.5 × 7 screws, red) Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points Approx. 220g Load L L Circuit diagram Output indicator 0 7 Photo-coupler Power COM. Fuse Accessories Internal-circuit Weight Fuse element : 125 VAC 4A × 1 *1 When ambient temperature is more than 50°C, make sure that load current should be less than 0.8 A/point and 3.2 A/common. *2 When load current at hold is less than 30 mA, the module may not be able to be switched OFF in certain load situations. In these cases, connect a bleeder parallel to the load line to increase the load current to more than 30 mA level. 11-16 (3) JW-204S Model name Relay output module (separated common) : JW-204S No. of output 8 points Front view Max. open-close voltage and 250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A/point (resistance load) current Min. load 5 VDC, 10 mA JW-204S Mechanical 20,000,000 times or more 1. Max. open-close voltage and current load : Ope100,000 times or more ration 2. Inductive load (250 VAC, 0.5 A (COS φ = 0.4)) : Electrial life 200,000 times or more 3. Inductive load (30 VDC, 0.5 A (T = 7 ms)) : 20,0000 times or more Response time OFF to ON : 10 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 10 ms or less 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 ——— 2 Rated capacity ——— of fuse element 3 Surge killer 4 Internal current consumption 430 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system 5 6 LED lights at ON condition 7 18 P detachable terminal block, (M 3.5 × 7 screws, red) Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By relay Common system 1 common line for 1 point (separated common) Approx. 220g Load L 0 Power COM. Circuit diagram L Output indicator Relay Internal-circuit Weight 7 Power COM. 11-17 (4) JW-212SA Model name DC output module (sink output) : JW-212SA No. of output 16 points Rated load voltage 5/12/24 VDC Load voltage range 4.75 to 27 VDC Front view Rated max. load current 0.5 A/point, 2 A/common *1 JW-212SA Allowable surge current 1 A (100 ms) A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Min. load current --- OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less ON voltage drop 1.2 V or less (0.3 A) Response time (module alone) Surge killer B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FUSE OFF to ON : 1 ms or less (resistance load) ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (resistance load) Zener diode (built-in between C and B of transistor) Rated capacity of fuse element Built-in 3.15 A fuse (unable replacement) /common Blown fuse indication LED display Internal current consumption (5 VDC) 60 mA max. Operation indication LED lights at ON condition 1 2 A 4 5 6 7 COM.A(—) 0 1 2 B 4 External wire connection 18 P detachable terminal block, system (M 3.5 x 7 screws, red) 5 6 Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points 7 COM.B(—) Approx. 200g Load L （Ａ） + L Output indicator 0 7 Photocoupler Power COM — Internal-circuit Weight 0 Fuse Circuit diagram Load L （Ｂ） + L 0 7 Power — COM * 1: When load current exceeds 0.3 A, install a diode as surge absorber at load side. The JW-212SA covers functions of its previous model (JW-212S). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type. - Added the blown fuse indicator (FUSE) on the LED display. - Changed specifications of the integrated fuse. Item New model (JW-212SA) Previous model (JW-212S) Blown fuse indication (LED display) Available (FUSE) *2 Not avaialble Fuse specifications (1 common) 3.15 A 3A *2: The JW-212SA displays fuse blow (FUSE) using an LED. However, this is only indication and the JW20H/30H control module cannot detect this fuse blow. In addition, the users cannot replace the installed fuses. Ask our sales agent for replacement of the fuses. 11-18 (5) JW-213SA Model name No. of output DC output module (sink output) : JW-213SA Front view 16 points Rated load voltage 100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz) Load voltage range 15 to 250 VAC (50/60 Hz, waveform distortion: less tha 5%) *3 Rated max. load current 1.0 A/point, 2 A/common *1 Allowable surge current 6 A (100 ms) JW-213SA Min. load current 15 mA *2 A B OFF leak current 1.5 mA or less (120 VAC, 25˚ C), 3 mA or less (240 VAC, 25˚ C) ON voltage drop 1.6 V or less (0.3 A) Response time (module alone) Surge killer 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FUSE OFF to ON : 1 ms or less ON to OFF : 1 ms pulse half power frequency or less Capacitive varistor Internal current consumption (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system A 4 5 LED display 6 7 260 mA max. COM.A 0 LED lights at ON condition 1 18 P detachable terminal block, (M 3.5 x 7 screws, red) 2 B 4 Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 8 points 5 6 7 COM.B Approx. 210g Load L （Ａ）＋ Output indicator 0 7 L Photo-coupler Power Circuit diagram COM.A − Load L （Ｂ）＋ Fuse Internal-circuit Weight 1 2 Rated capacity of fuse element Built-in 3.15 A fuse (unable replacement) /common Blown fuse indication 0 0 7 L Power − COM.B *1 When ambient temperature is more than 45°C, make sure that load current should be less than 0.7 A/point. *2 When load current at hold is less than 15 mA, the module may not be able to be switched OFF in certain load situations. In these cases, connect a bleeder parallel to the load line to increase the load current to more than 15 mA level. *3: When supply power voltage is less than 85 VAC, the module may not detect fuse blow. The JW-213SA covers functions of its previous model (JW-213S). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type. - Added the blown fuse indicator (FUSE) on the LED display. - Changed specifications of the integrated fuse.- Changed rated maximum load current. Item New model (JW-213SA) Previous model (JW-213S) Blown fuse indication (LED display) Available (FUSE) *2 Not avaialble Fuse specifications (1 common) 3.15 A 3A Maximum load current 1.0 A/point, 2A/common 0.5 A/point, 2A/common *4: The JW-213SA displays fuse blow (FUSE) using an LED. However, this is only indication and the JW20H/30H control module cannot detect this fuse blow. In addition, the users cannot replace the installed fuses. Ask our sales agent for replacement of the fuses. 11-19 (6) JW-214SA Model name Relay output module : JW-214SA No. of output 16 points Front view Max. open-close 250 VAC/30 VDC, 2A/points, 5A/common voltage and current Min. load 5 VDC, 10 mA Mechanical 20,000,000 times or more JW-214SA 1. Max. open-close voltage and current load : Ope100,000 times or more ration 2. Inductive load (250 VAC, 0.5 A (COS φ = 0.4)) : Electrial life 200,000 times or more 3. Inductive load (30 VDC, 0.5 A (T = 7 ms)) : 200,000 times or more A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 Response time OFF to ON : 10 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 10 ms or less Surge killer 1 2 A 4 ——— 5 6 Rated capacity ——— of fuse element Blown fuse indicator 7 COM.A 0 ——— 1 2 Internal current consumption 550 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication External wire connection system B 4 5 6 7 COM.B LED lights at ON condition 18 P detachable terminal block, (M 3.5 × 7 screws, red) Dielectrical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By relay Common system 1 common line for 8 points Approx. 240g （Ａ） Load L 0 L 7 Power COM.A Circuit diagram （Ｂ） Load L 0 L 7 Output indicator Relay Internal-circuit Weight Power COM.B The JW-214SA covers functions of its previous model (JW-214S). In addition to the inheriting functions, view angel of the LED display (top of the module) is improved to wide-angle display type. 11-20 (7) JW-232S Model name DC output module (sink output) : JW-232S No. of output 32 points Rated load voltage Load voltage range Front view 5/12/24 VDC 4.75 to 30 VDC JW-232S Rated max. load 0.1 A/point, 1.6 A/common * current A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B Allowable surge 0.15 A (10 ms) current 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Min. load current ——— D 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less ON voltage drop 1.3 V or less (0.1 A) Response time OFF to ON : 1 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (with resistance load) Surge killer A Zener diode Rated capacity Built-in 2 A fuse (unable replacement)/common of fuse element Internal current consumption 320 mA max. (5 VDC) Operation indication COM.AB (—) B C D LED lights at ON condition 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 COM.CD (—) 40 P connector (soldering) External wire connection system Applicable wire size: AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm2) Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between output terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 16 points Approx. 410g Load L 0 ∼ A L 7 L 0 ∼ 7 Photo-coupler B + L Power Internal-circuit Weight Output indicator COM.AB — (—) Circuit diagram Load L C L L D + L 0 ∼ 7 0 ∼ 7 ・See page 4-7 for the pin No. and signal name. Power — Accessories COM.CD(—) 40P connector (soldering) × 1 * When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C, use within 1 A per common terminal. 11-21 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 I/O module JW-232M Model name DC I/O module (sink output) : JW-232M Front view Rated input voltage 16 points *1 Input port Rated input voltage 12/24 VDC Input voltage range 10.5 to 26.4 VDC ripple rate at 24 VDC : 15% or less ripple rate at 12 VDC : 5% or less Rated input current 7 mA TYP. (24 VDC), 3.3 mA TYP. (12 VDC) JW-232M Input impedance 3.5k ohm TYP. Surge current ——— A Input ON level 10.5 V/3 mA or less B Input OFF level 5 V/1.5 mA or more C Response time OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 1.5 ms or less D No. of output 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16 points Rated load voltage 5/12/24 VDC COM.AB Load voltage range 4.75 to 30 VDC Rated max. load current 0.1 A/point, 1.6 A/common *2 Output port A Allowable surge current 0.15 A (10 ms) Min. load current ——— B OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less C ON voltage drop 1.3 V or less (0.1 A) Response time OFF to ON : 1 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (with resistance load) Surge killer D Zener diode 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 COM.CD (—) Rated capacity Built-in 2 A fuse (unable replacement)/common of fuse element Internal current consumption (5 VDC) 200 mA max. Operation indication LED lights at ON condition External wire 40 P connector (soldering) Applicable wire size: connection system AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm2) Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between I/O terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10 M ohm or more (between I/O terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 16 points (no polarity for input) 0 ∼ A Input side 7 Photo-couple 0 ∼ 7 B Power Circuit diagram Load L C 0 ∼ 7 L 0 ∼ Photo-couple + Power — L Output indicator 7 Fuse COM.CD (—) Accessories Input indicator COM.AB L D Internal-circuit Approx. 410g Internal-circuit Weight Output side [3] • See page 4-7 for pin No. and signal name. 40 P connector (soldering) × 1 *1 When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C in 24 VDC, use that same time input ON no. of points should be less than 10 points per common. *2 When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C, use within 1 A per common terminal. 11-22 Special I/O module (1) JW-264N Model name DC output module : JW-264N No. of input 64 points (Allocation of the first half 64 points of the relay for special module.) * Front view Number of I/O I/O relay : 16 points (dummy) occupied points Relay for special module : 128 points JW-264N Rated input voltage 24 VDC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input voltage range 20 to 26.4 VDC A B C D Rated input current 4.1 mA (24 VDC) Input impedance 5.9 k ohm 2 Surge current ——— Input ON level 18 V/3 mA or less CN2 Response time OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms less Internal current 60 mA max. (At all points ON for input.) consumption (5 VDC) Operation indication Indicator lamps at ON condition (The simulataneous indication is 32 points max., first half 32 points and second half 32 points are changed over by the indicator changeover switch.) External wire Applicable wire size using connection connector connection system (accessories) : AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm2) Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 32 points (no polarity) Weight Approx. 220g Input indicator 7 Photo-couple 0 ∼ B 7 0 ∼ C 7 0 D ∼ 7 Power COM1.ABCD Indicator changeover switch Circuit diagram 0 ∼ A 7 0 Internal-circuit First half 32 points (Connector CN1 for input) 0 ∼ A Input indicator Photo-coupler ∼ B 7 0 ∼ C 7 0 D ∼ 7 Power Accessories COM2.ABCD 40 P connector (soldering) × 2 * When using at ambient temperature of 45 to 55°C, use within 1 A per common terminal. See page 4-8 for the pin No. of connector and signal name. 11-23 UNIT NO. 1 Input OFF level 8 V/1.5 mA or more Second half 32 points (Connector CN2 for input) [4] CN1 (2) JW-262S Model name DC output module (sink output) : JW-262S No. of output 64 points (Allocation of the first half 64 points of the relay for special module.) Front view Number of I/O I/O relay : 16 points (dummy) occupied points Relay for special module: 128 points Rated load voltage 5/12/24 VDC JW-262S Load voltage range 4.75 to 26.4 VDC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Rated max. load current 0.1 A/point, 2 A/common * A B C D Allowable surge current 0.15 A (100 ms) FUSE Min. load current ——— OFF leak current 0.2 mA or less ON voltage drop 1.2 V or less (0.1A) CN2 Response time OFF to ON : 0.5 ms or less (module alone) ON to OFF : 1 ms or less (with 0.1A resistance load) Internal current 300 mA max. (At all points ON for output.) consumption (5 VDC) Surge killer Zener diode Built-in 2.5A fuse (unable replacement). Melt-down Rated capacity detection function is provided. (When melted down or of fuse element external power source is turned OFF, the LED lights.) Operation indication Indicator lamps at ON condition (The simulataneous indication is 32 points max., first half 32 points and second half 32 points are changed over by the indication changeover switch.) External energizer 5/12/24 V (200 mA max.) Use same source with load source External wire Applicable wire size using connection connector connection system (accessories) : AWG23 to 26 (0.26 to 0.12 mm2) Dielectrical strength 1000 VAC for 1 minute (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10M ohm or more (between input terminal and secondary circuit) Insulation system By photo-coupler Common system 1 common line for 32 points (slot common) Approx. 220g Load L First half 32 points (Connector CN1 for output) A L L B L L C L L D L + — Output indicator 0 ∼ 7 Photocouple 0 ∼ 7 0 ∼ 7 0 ∼ 7 Power (+) Supply Internal-circuit Weight 2.5A COM1.ABCD(—) Circuit diagram Load Second half 32 points (Connector CN2 for output) L A L L B L L C L L D L Power (+) + Supply — Fuse disconnection checking circuit 0 ∼ 7 Output indicator Photocoupler 0 ∼ 7 0 ∼ 7 0 ∼ 7 Fuse 2.5A COM2.ABCD(—) Fuse??? Accessories 40 P connector (soldering) × 2 * When the load power source is 5/12 VDC, the load current per point decreases. 11-24 UNIT NO. 1 2 CN1 Rated power The load current per point 5 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 30 mA max. 60mA max. 100 mA max. See page 4-8 for the pin No. of connector and signal name. 11-25 11-5 Specifications of power supply module [1] JW-21PU/22PU/31PU Specifications Items Installed position Input voltage Power consumption Surge current Leakage current JW-21PU Slot for the Power supply module of basic/expansion rack panel 85 to 264 VAC (47 to 63Hz) * 20.4 to 32 VDC 85 to 132 VAC (47 to 63Hz) 30W (60 VA) or less 30W or less 30W (60 VA) or less (At output current 3.5A) 40A or less (200 VAC) 40A or less (32 VAC) 20A or less 1mA or less (at 100 VAC) 3.5mA or less (at 200 VAC) ——— 1mA or less (at 100 VAC) Output voltage 5 VDC Output current 3.5A Rated output current 0 to 3.5A Output hold time Protection circuit 10 ms or more Overcurrent protection Drooping automatic reset system Overvoltage protection Shut-off type manual reset system Relay output becoming OFF when the control module stops. Function Halt output 100/200 VAC (50/60Hz) 30 VDC Load voltage Load current 1mA (200 VAC) Insuration resistance Indication 1mA or less (100 VAC) 500 VDC 10M ohm or more 1500 VAC for 1 minute 1000 VAC for 1 minute 1500 VAC for 1 minute POWER LED (green), RUN LED (green) External wire connection system 6P terminal block Operation ambient temperature 0 to 55° C Storage temperature Operation ambient humidity 100 VAC (50/60Hz) 30 VDC 1A max. Leakage current Dielectrical strength JW-31PU (UL/CSA approved) JW-22PU – 20 to 70° C 35 to 90 %RH (without dew condensation) Operation atmosphere Free from corrosive gas JIS C 0911 or equivalent Vibration resistance - Multiple vibration width: 0.15 mm (10 to 57 Hz), 9.8 m/s2 (57 to 150 Hz), Number of sweep: (1 octave/minute), three directions (X, Y, and Z) Shock resistance JIS C 0912 or equivalent 147 m/s2 (3 times in each X, Y and Z directions) Noise immunity 1000 Vp-p 1µs (by noise simulator between the power line and rack panel) Weight Approx. 330 g Approx. 300 g Approx. 330 g * As for DC input power source, use power source of 20.4 to 32 VDC (ripple rate 20% or less; however, ripple upper limit: 32 V or less, lower limit : 20.4 V or more). 11-26 [2] JW-33PU (UL/CSA/CE applied model) Items Specifications Installed position Slot for the power supply module of basic/expansion rack panel Input voltage 85 to 264 VAC (47 to 63 Hz) Power consumption 70 VA or less Surge current 40 A or less (200 VAC) Leakage current 1mA or less (at 100 VAC), 3.5mA or less (at 200 VAC) Output voltage 5 VDC Output current 4.5 A Rated output current 0 to 4.5A Output hold time 10 ms or more Protection circuit Halt output Overcurrent Dropping autiomatic reset system Overvoltage Shut-OFF type manual reset system Function Relay output becoming OFF when the control module stops. Load voltage 100/200 VAC (50/60 Hz),30 VDC Load current 1A max. Leakage current 1 mA (200 VAC) Insulation resistance 500 VDC, 10M ohms or more Dielectical strength 1500 VAC for 1 minute Display POWER LED (green), RUN LED (green) External wire connection 6P terminal block Operation temperature 0 to 55 degrees Storage temperature -20 to 70 degrees Operation ambient humidity 35 to 90%RH (without condensation) Operation atmosphere Free from corrosive gas Vibration resistance JIS C 0911 or equivalent - Multiple vibration width: 0.15 mm (10 to 57 Hz), 9.8 m/s2 (57 to 150 Hz), Number of sweep: (1 octave/minute), three directions (X, Y, and Z) Shock resistance JIS C 0912 or equivalent, 147m/s2 (3 times in each X, Y and Z directions) Noise immunity 1000 Vp-p 1µs (by noise simulator between the power line and rack panel) Weight Approx. 410g 11-27 11-6 Specifications of I/O bus expansion adapter Specifications Items Rack panel Cable total length Number of rack panel connected Weight JW-31EA JW-32EA JW-34KB/36KB/38KB JW-34ZB/36ZB/38ZB Total length from JW-31EA is 50m Max. 8 sets in total of 1 basic rack panel and 7 expansion rack panel. Accessories Approx. 300g Approx. 300g Termination connector : 1 11-7 Specifications of rack panel Specifications Items JW-24KB JW-26KB JW-28KB Power supply module No. of Control module slot I/O module 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 6 8 Installation of JW-31EA Unavailable Unavailable Unavailable Weight Approx. 720g Approx. 870g Approx. 1000g Specifications Items JW-34KB JW-36KB JW-38KB Power supply module No. of Control module slot I/O module 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 6 8 Installation of JW-31EA Available Available Available Weight Approx. 830g Approx. 1020g Approx. 1220g 11-8 Specifications of expansion rack panel Specifications Items JW-34ZB JW-36ZB No. of Power supply module slot I/O module 1 1 1 4 6 8 Installation of JW-32EA Available Available Available Weight Approx. 630g Approx. 830g Approx. 1020g Accessories Side board for I/O module : 1 11-28 JW-38ZB 11-9 Outline dimension drawings (unit:mm) [1] Control module JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1/2/3 JW-31CUH1 70.5 109.4 130 130 70.5 [2] Power supply module (1) JW-21PU/22PU/31PU (2) JW-33PU 109.4 35 55 109.4 JW-33PU POWER RUN POWER RUN 130 130 130 増設ベースユニット EXPANSION RACK PANEL RACK NO. L POWER INPUT 100∼240VAC N GND HALT OUTPUT 100∼240VAC (24VAC) 1A I/O module (As for special/option module, see respective Instruction manual) (1) 8/16 points module (2) 32/64 points module 32 points 64 points A 01234567 A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B A B C D 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 130 CN1 109.4 35 11-29 130 CN2 35 UNIT NO. 2 1 CN D 130 [3] 35 109.4 I/O bus expansion adapter (1) JW-31EA (2) JW-32EA 129 129 [4] 99.8 26.5 Basic/expansion rack panel (1) Basic rack panel JW-26KB, JW-36KB JW-24KB, JW-34KB 7.6 130 JW-28KB, JW-38KB 421 437 352 368 281 297 (2) Expansion rack panel JW-38ZB JW-36ZB JW-34ZB 7.6 130 [5] 99.8 26.5 352 368 281 297 11-30 210 226 10.2 10.2 Installation drawings on basic/expansion rack panel • Installation drawing on basic rack panel JW-24KB／34KB 118 130 JW-26KB／36KB 421 437 118 130 JW-28KB／38KB 118 130 [6] 352 368 281 297 110 （D） • Installation drawing on expansion rack panel JW-34ZB 118 130 118 130 JW-36ZB 352 368 118 130 JW-38ZB 281 297 110 （D） 210 226 Note: When module cover JW-20CV (ordered separately) is installed on the I/O module etc., D (dimension) will increase 2.5 mm. • Dimension drawings in case of fitting connector in the 32/64 points module. (Unit : mm) Connector Rack panel 30 37 110 147 (Include the rack panel) • Dimension drawings in case of fitting I/O expansion cable and termination connector in the I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-32EA). I/O expansion cable I/O expansion cable Terminal connector 18 Expansion rack panel 50 110 (Include the rack panel) 11-31 11-10 Accessories Model name Control module JW-31CUH1 JW-32CUH1 JW-33CUH1 JW-32CUH2 JW-32CUH3 I/O module I/O bus expansion adapter Amount Instruction manual 1 Side plate for I/O module 1 JW-203EC 5 VDC cable (30 cm) 1 JW-207EC 5 VDC cable (70 cm) 1 JW-22EC 5 VDC cable (2 m) Short connector 1 1 JW-25EC JW-210EC Short connector 1 JW-05EC 5 VDC cable (50 cm) 1 JW-1EC 5 VDC cable (1 m) 2 JW-234N JW-232S JW-232M 40P connector 1 JW-264N JW-262S 40P connector 2 JW-202S JW-203S 125 VAC 4A fuse element 1 JW-31EA Termination connector 1 Expansion rack JW-34ZB JW-36ZB panel JW-38ZB I/O expansion cable Accessories 11-32 Appendix Allocation of the relay No. for the 64 points I/O module. Connector CN2(The first half 32 points) Pin No. 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B ※ S/G A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 ［Rack 1］ 0 30000 30001 30002 30003 30004 30005 30006 30007 30010 30011 30012 30013 30014 30015 30016 30017 30020 30021 30022 30023 30024 30025 30026 30027 30030 30031 30032 30033 30034 30035 30036 30037 30040 30041 30042 30043 30044 30045 30046 30047 30050 30051 30052 30053 30054 30055 30056 30057 30060 30061 30062 30063 30064 30065 30066 30067 30070 30071 30072 30073 30074 30075 30076 30077 Setting value of module No. switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 30200 30400 30600 31000 31200 31400 30201 30401 30601 31001 31201 31401 30202 30402 30602 31002 31202 31402 30203 30403 30603 31003 31203 31403 30204 30404 30604 31004 31204 31404 30205 30405 30605 31005 31205 31405 30206 30406 30606 31006 31206 31406 30207 30407 30607 31007 31207 31407 30210 30410 30610 31010 31210 31410 30211 30411 30611 31011 31211 31411 30212 30412 30612 31012 31212 31412 30213 30413 30613 31013 31213 31413 30214 30414 30614 31014 31214 31414 30215 30415 30615 31015 31215 31415 30216 30416 30616 31016 31216 31416 30217 30417 30617 31017 31217 31417 30220 30420 30620 31020 31220 31420 30221 30421 30621 31021 31221 31421 30222 30422 30622 31022 31222 31422 30223 30423 30623 31023 31223 31423 30224 30424 30624 31024 31224 31424 30225 30425 30625 31025 31225 31425 30226 30426 30626 31026 31226 31426 30227 30427 30627 31027 31227 31427 30230 30430 30630 31030 31230 31430 30231 30431 30631 31031 31231 31431 30232 30432 30632 31032 31232 31432 30233 30433 30633 31033 31233 31433 30234 30434 30634 31034 31234 31434 30235 30435 30635 31035 31235 31435 30236 30436 30636 31036 31236 31436 30237 30437 30637 31037 31237 31437 30240 30440 30640 31040 31240 31440 30241 30441 30641 31041 31241 31441 30242 30442 30642 31042 31242 31442 30243 30443 30643 31043 31243 31443 30244 30444 30644 31044 31244 31444 30245 30445 30645 31045 31245 31445 30246 30446 30646 31046 31246 31446 30247 30447 30647 31047 31247 31447 30250 30450 30650 31050 31250 31450 30251 30451 30651 31051 31251 31451 30252 30452 30652 31052 31252 31452 30253 30453 30653 31053 31253 31453 30254 30454 30654 31054 31254 31454 30255 30455 30655 31055 31255 31455 30256 30456 30656 31056 31256 31456 30257 30457 30657 31057 31257 31457 30260 30460 30660 31060 31260 31460 30261 30461 30661 31061 31261 31461 30262 30462 30662 31062 31262 31462 30263 30463 30663 31063 31263 31463 30264 30464 30664 31064 31264 31464 30265 30465 30665 31065 31265 31465 30266 30466 30666 31066 31266 31466 30267 30467 30667 31067 31267 31467 30270 30470 30670 31070 31270 31470 30271 30471 30671 31071 31271 31471 30272 30472 30672 31072 31272 31472 30273 30473 30673 31073 31273 31473 30274 30474 30674 31074 31274 31474 30275 30475 30675 31075 31275 31475 30276 30476 30676 31076 31276 31476 30277 30477 30677 31077 31277 31477 7 31600 31601 31602 31603 31604 31605 31606 31607 31610 31611 31612 31613 31614 31615 31616 31617 31620 31621 31622 31623 31624 31625 31626 31627 31630 31631 31632 31633 31634 31635 31636 31637 31640 31641 31642 31643 31644 31645 31646 31647 31650 31651 31652 31653 31654 31655 31656 31657 31660 31661 31662 31663 31664 31665 31666 31667 31670 31671 31672 31673 31674 31675 31676 31677 Connector CN1(The first half 32 points) Connector CN1(The first half 32 points) ［Rack 0］ Connector CN2(The first half 32 points) ■ ※ Signal name A-1 Pin No. 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B ※ S/G A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 0 32000 32001 32002 32003 32004 32005 32006 32007 32010 32011 32012 32013 32014 32015 32016 32017 32020 32021 32022 32023 32024 32025 32026 32027 32030 32031 32032 32033 32034 32035 32036 32037 32040 32041 32042 32043 32044 32045 32046 32047 32050 32051 32052 32053 32054 32055 32056 32057 32060 32061 32062 32063 32064 32065 32066 32067 32070 32071 32072 32073 32074 32075 32076 32077 Setting value of module No. switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 32200 32400 32600 33000 33200 33400 32201 32401 32601 33001 33201 33401 32202 32402 32602 33002 33202 33402 32203 32403 32603 33003 33203 33403 32204 32404 32604 33004 33204 33404 32205 32405 32605 33005 33205 33405 32206 32406 32606 33006 33206 33406 32207 32407 32607 33007 33207 33407 32210 32410 32610 33010 33210 33410 32211 32411 32611 33011 33211 33411 32212 32412 32612 33012 33212 33412 32213 32413 32613 33013 33213 33413 32214 32414 32614 33014 33214 33414 32215 32415 32615 33015 33215 33415 32216 32416 32616 33016 33216 33416 32217 32417 32617 33017 33217 33417 32220 32420 32620 33020 33220 33420 32221 32421 32621 33021 33221 33421 32222 32422 32622 33022 33222 33422 32223 32423 32623 33023 33223 33423 32224 32424 32624 33024 33224 33424 32225 32425 32625 33025 33225 33425 32226 32426 32626 33026 33226 33426 32227 32427 32627 33027 33227 33427 32230 32430 32630 33030 33230 33430 32231 32431 32631 33031 33231 33431 32232 32432 32632 33032 33232 33432 32233 32433 32633 33033 33233 33433 32234 32434 32634 33034 33234 33434 32235 32435 32635 33035 33235 33435 32236 32436 32636 33036 33236 33436 32237 32437 32637 33037 33237 33437 32240 32440 32640 33040 33240 33440 32241 32441 32641 33041 33241 33441 32242 32442 32642 33042 33242 33442 32243 32443 32643 33043 33243 33443 32244 32444 32644 33044 33244 33444 32245 32445 32645 33045 33245 33445 32246 32446 32646 33046 33246 33446 32247 32447 32647 33047 33247 33447 32250 32450 32650 33050 33250 33450 32251 32451 32651 33051 33251 33451 32252 32452 32652 33052 33252 33452 32253 32453 32653 33053 33253 33453 32254 32454 32654 33054 33254 33454 32255 32455 32655 33055 33255 33455 32256 32456 32656 33056 33256 33456 32257 32457 32657 33057 33257 33457 32260 32460 32660 33060 33260 33460 32261 32461 32661 33061 33261 33461 32262 32462 32662 33062 33262 33462 32263 32463 32663 33063 33263 33463 32264 32464 32664 33064 33264 33464 32265 32465 32665 33065 33265 33465 32266 32466 32666 33066 33266 33466 32267 32467 32667 33067 33267 33467 32270 32470 32670 33070 33270 33470 32271 32471 32671 33071 33271 33471 32272 32472 32672 33072 33272 33472 32273 32473 32673 33073 33273 33473 32274 32474 32674 33074 33274 33474 32275 32475 32675 33075 33275 33475 32276 32476 32676 33076 33276 33476 32277 32477 32677 33077 33277 33477 7 33600 33601 33602 33603 33604 33605 33606 33607 33610 33611 33612 33613 33614 33615 33616 33617 33620 33621 33622 33623 33624 33625 33626 33627 33630 33631 33632 33633 33634 33635 33636 33637 33640 33641 33642 33643 33644 33645 33646 33647 33650 33651 33652 33653 33654 33655 33656 33657 33660 33661 33662 33663 33664 33665 33666 33667 33670 33671 33672 33673 33674 33675 33676 33677 ※ S/G A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 ［Rack 3］ 0 34000 34001 34002 34003 34004 34005 34006 34007 34010 34011 34012 34013 34014 34015 34016 34017 34020 34021 34022 34023 34024 34025 34026 34027 34030 34031 34032 34033 34034 34035 34036 34037 34040 34041 34042 34043 34044 34045 34046 34047 34050 34051 34052 34053 34054 34055 34056 34057 34060 34061 34062 34063 34064 34065 34066 34067 34070 34071 34072 34073 34074 34075 34076 34077 Setting value of module No. switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 34200 34400 34600 35000 35200 35400 34201 34401 34601 35001 35201 35401 34202 34402 34602 35002 35202 35402 34203 34403 34603 35003 35203 35403 34204 34404 34604 35004 35204 35404 34205 34405 34605 35005 35205 35405 34206 34406 34606 35006 35206 35406 34207 34407 34607 35007 35207 35407 34210 34410 34610 35010 35210 35410 34211 34411 34611 35011 35211 35411 34212 34412 34612 35012 35212 35412 34213 34413 34613 35013 35213 35413 34214 34414 34614 35014 35214 35414 34215 34415 34615 35015 35215 35415 34216 34416 34616 35016 35216 35416 34217 34417 34617 35017 35217 35417 34220 34420 34620 35020 35220 35420 34221 34421 34621 35021 35221 35421 34222 34422 34622 35022 35222 35422 34223 34423 34623 35023 35223 35423 34224 34424 34624 35024 35224 35424 34225 34425 34625 35025 35225 35425 34226 34426 34626 35026 35226 35426 34227 34427 34627 35027 35227 35427 34230 34430 34630 35030 35230 35430 34231 34431 34631 35031 35231 35431 34232 34432 34632 35032 35232 35432 34233 34433 34633 35033 35233 35433 34234 34434 34634 35034 35234 35434 34235 34435 34635 35035 35235 35435 34236 34436 34636 35036 35236 35436 34237 34437 34637 35037 35237 35437 34240 34440 34640 35040 35240 35440 34241 34441 34641 35041 35241 35441 34242 34442 34642 35042 35242 35442 34243 34443 34643 35043 35243 35443 34244 34444 34644 35044 35244 35444 34245 34445 34645 35045 35245 35445 34246 34446 34646 35046 35246 35446 34247 34447 34647 35047 35247 35447 34250 34450 34650 35050 35250 35450 34251 34451 34651 35051 35251 35451 34252 34452 34652 35052 35252 35452 34253 34453 34653 35053 35253 35453 34254 34454 34654 35054 35254 35454 34255 34455 34655 35055 35255 35455 34256 34456 34656 35056 35256 35456 34257 34457 34657 35057 35257 35457 34260 34460 34660 35060 35260 35460 34261 34461 34661 35061 35261 35461 34262 34462 34662 35062 35262 35462 34263 34463 34663 35063 35263 35463 34264 34464 34664 35064 35264 35464 34265 34465 34665 35065 35265 35465 34266 34466 34666 35066 35266 35466 34267 34467 34667 35067 35267 35467 34270 34470 34670 35070 35270 35470 34271 34471 34671 35071 35271 35471 34272 34472 34672 35072 35272 35472 34273 34473 34673 35073 35273 35473 34274 34474 34674 35074 35274 35474 34275 34475 34675 35075 35275 35475 34276 34476 34676 35076 35276 35476 34277 34477 34677 35077 35277 35477 7 35600 35601 35602 35603 35604 35605 35606 35607 35610 35611 35612 35613 35614 35615 35616 35617 35620 35621 35622 35623 35624 35625 35626 35627 35630 35631 35632 35633 35634 35635 35636 35637 35640 35641 35642 35643 35644 35645 35646 35647 35650 35651 35652 35653 35654 35655 35656 35657 35660 35661 35662 35663 35664 35665 35666 35667 35670 35671 35672 35673 35674 35675 35676 35677 Connector CN1(The first half 32 points) Pin No. 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B Connector CN2(The first half 32 points) Connector CN2(The first half 32 points) Connector CN1(The first half 32 points) ［Rack 2］ ※ Signal name A-2 Pin No. 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B ※ S/G A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 0 36000 36001 36002 36003 36004 36005 36006 36007 36010 36011 36012 36013 36014 36015 36016 36017 36020 36021 36022 36023 36024 36025 30026 36027 36030 36031 36032 36033 36034 36035 36036 36037 36040 36041 36042 36043 36044 36045 36046 36047 36050 36051 36052 36053 36054 36055 36056 36057 36060 36061 36062 36063 36064 36065 36066 36067 36070 36071 36072 36073 36074 36075 36076 36077 Setting value of module No. switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 36200 36400 36600 37000 37200 37400 36201 36401 36601 37001 37201 37401 36202 36402 36602 37002 37202 37402 36203 36403 36603 37003 37203 37403 36204 36404 36604 37004 37204 37404 36205 36405 36605 37005 37205 37405 36206 36406 36606 37006 37206 37406 36207 36407 36607 37007 37207 37407 36210 36410 36610 37010 37210 37410 36211 36411 36611 37011 37211 37411 36212 36412 36612 37012 37212 37412 36213 36413 36613 37013 37213 37413 36214 36414 36614 37014 37214 37414 36215 36415 36615 37015 37215 37415 36216 36416 36616 37016 37216 37416 36217 36417 36617 37017 37217 37417 36220 36420 36620 37020 37220 37420 36221 36421 36621 37021 37221 37421 36222 36422 36622 37022 37222 37422 36223 36423 36623 37023 37223 37423 36224 36424 36624 37024 37224 37424 36225 36425 36625 37025 37225 37425 36226 36426 36626 37026 37226 37426 36227 36427 36627 37027 37227 37427 36230 36430 36630 37030 37230 37430 36231 36431 36631 37031 37231 37431 36232 36432 36632 37032 37232 37432 36233 36433 36633 37033 37233 37433 36234 36434 36634 37034 37234 37434 36235 36435 36635 37035 37235 37435 36236 36436 36636 37036 37236 37436 36237 36437 36637 37037 37237 37437 36240 36440 36640 37040 37240 37440 36241 36441 36641 37041 37241 37441 36242 36442 36642 37042 37242 37442 36243 36443 36643 37043 37243 37443 36244 36444 36644 37044 37244 37444 36245 36445 36645 37045 37245 37445 36246 36446 36646 37046 37246 37446 36247 36447 36647 37047 37247 37447 36250 36450 36650 37050 37250 37450 36251 36451 36651 37051 37251 37451 36252 36452 36652 37052 37252 37452 36253 36453 36653 37053 37253 37453 36254 36454 36654 37054 37254 37454 36255 36455 36655 37055 37255 37455 36256 36456 36656 37056 37256 37456 36257 36457 36657 37057 37257 37457 36260 36460 36660 37060 37260 37460 36261 36461 36661 37061 37261 37461 36262 36462 36662 37062 37262 37462 36263 36463 36663 37063 37263 37463 36264 36464 36664 37064 37264 37464 36265 36465 36665 37065 37265 37465 36266 36466 36666 37066 37266 37466 36267 36467 36667 37067 37267 37467 36270 36470 36670 37070 37270 37470 36271 36471 36671 37071 37271 37471 36272 36472 36672 37072 37272 37472 36273 36473 36673 37073 37273 37473 36274 36474 36674 37074 37274 37474 36275 36475 36675 37075 37275 37475 36276 36476 36676 37076 37276 37476 36277 36477 36677 37077 37277 37477 7 37600 37601 37602 37603 37604 37605 37606 37607 37610 37611 37612 37613 37614 37615 37616 37617 37620 37621 37622 37623 37624 37625 37626 37627 37630 37631 37632 37633 37634 37635 37636 37637 37640 37641 37642 37643 37644 37645 37646 37647 37650 37651 37652 37653 37654 37655 37656 37657 37660 37661 37662 37663 37664 37665 37666 37667 37670 37671 37672 37673 37674 37675 37676 37677 Connector CN2(The first half 32 points) Connector CN1(The first half 32 points) ［Remote I/O］ Pin No. 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B 6A 6B 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A 9B 10A 10B 11A 11B 12A 12B 13A 13B 14A 14B 15A 15B 16A 16B 17A 17B 18A 18B ※ S/G A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 A-0 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 B-0 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 C-0 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 D-0 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 0 40000 40001 40002 40003 40004 40005 40006 40007 40010 40011 40012 40013 40014 40015 40016 40017 40020 40021 40022 40023 40024 40025 40026 40027 40030 40031 40032 40033 40034 40035 40036 40037 40040 40041 40042 40043 40044 40045 40046 40047 40050 40051 40052 40053 40054 40055 40056 40057 40060 40061 40062 40063 40064 40065 40066 40067 40070 40071 40072 40073 40074 40075 40076 40077 Setting value of module No. switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 40200 40400 40600 41000 41200 41400 40201 40401 40601 41001 41201 41401 40202 40402 40602 41002 41202 41402 40203 40403 40603 41003 41203 41403 40204 40404 40604 41004 41204 41404 40205 40405 40605 41005 41205 41405 40206 40406 40606 41006 41206 41406 40207 40407 40607 41007 41207 41407 40210 40410 40610 41010 41210 41410 40211 40411 40611 41011 41211 41411 40212 40412 40612 41012 41212 41412 40213 40413 40613 41013 41213 41413 40214 40414 40614 41014 41214 41414 40215 40415 40615 41015 41215 41415 40216 40416 40616 41016 41216 41416 40217 40417 40617 41017 41217 41417 40220 40420 40620 41020 41220 41420 40221 40421 40621 41021 41221 41421 40222 40422 40622 41022 41222 41422 40223 40423 40623 41023 41223 41423 40224 40424 40624 41024 41224 41424 40225 40425 40625 41025 41225 41425 40226 40426 40626 41026 41226 41426 40227 40427 40627 41027 41227 41427 40230 40430 40630 41030 41230 41430 40231 40431 40631 41031 41231 41431 40232 40432 40632 41032 41232 41432 40233 40433 40633 41033 41233 41433 40234 40434 40634 41034 41234 41434 40235 40435 40635 41035 41235 41435 40236 40436 40636 41036 41236 41436 40237 40437 40637 41037 41237 41437 40240 40440 40640 41040 41240 41440 40241 40441 40641 41041 41241 41441 40242 40442 40642 41042 41242 41442 40243 40443 40643 41043 41243 41443 40244 40444 40644 41044 41244 41444 40245 40445 40645 41045 41245 41445 40246 40446 40646 41046 41246 41446 40247 40447 40647 41047 41247 41447 40250 40450 40650 41050 41250 41450 40251 40451 40651 41051 41251 41451 40252 40452 40652 41052 41252 41452 40253 40453 40653 41053 41253 41453 40254 40454 40654 41054 41254 41454 40255 40455 40655 41055 41255 41455 40256 40456 40656 41056 41256 41456 40257 40457 40657 41057 41257 41457 40260 40460 40660 41060 41260 41460 40261 40461 40661 41061 41261 41461 40262 40462 40662 41062 41262 41462 40263 40463 40663 41063 41263 41463 40264 40464 40664 41064 41264 41464 40265 40465 40665 41065 41265 41465 40266 40466 40666 41066 41266 41466 40267 40467 40667 41067 41267 41467 40270 40470 40670 41070 41270 41470 40271 40471 40671 41071 41271 41471 40272 40472 40672 41072 41272 41472 40273 40473 40673 41073 41273 41473 40274 40474 40674 41074 41274 41474 40275 40475 40675 41075 41275 41475 40276 40476 40676 41076 41276 41476 40277 40477 40677 41077 41277 41477 7 41600 41601 41602 41603 41604 41605 41606 41607 41610 41611 41612 41613 41614 41615 41616 41617 41620 41621 41622 41623 41624 41625 41626 41627 41630 41631 41632 41633 41634 41635 41636 41637 31640 31641 31642 31643 31644 31645 31646 41647 41650 41651 41652 41653 41654 41655 41656 41657 41660 41661 41662 41663 41664 41665 41666 41667 41670 41671 41672 41673 41674 41675 41676 41677 ※ Signal name A-3